]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/doc/md.texi
tree-ssa-alias.h (struct pt_solution): Remove vars_contains_restrict member.
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / doc / md.texi
CommitLineData
b5e01d4b 1@c Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
d652f226 2@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
66647d44 3@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
03dda8e3
RK
4@c This is part of the GCC manual.
5@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
6
7@ifset INTERNALS
8@node Machine Desc
9@chapter Machine Descriptions
10@cindex machine descriptions
11
12A machine description has two parts: a file of instruction patterns
13(@file{.md} file) and a C header file of macro definitions.
14
15The @file{.md} file for a target machine contains a pattern for each
16instruction that the target machine supports (or at least each instruction
17that is worth telling the compiler about). It may also contain comments.
18A semicolon causes the rest of the line to be a comment, unless the semicolon
19is inside a quoted string.
20
21See the next chapter for information on the C header file.
22
23@menu
55e4756f 24* Overview:: How the machine description is used.
03dda8e3
RK
25* Patterns:: How to write instruction patterns.
26* Example:: An explained example of a @code{define_insn} pattern.
27* RTL Template:: The RTL template defines what insns match a pattern.
28* Output Template:: The output template says how to make assembler code
6ccde948 29 from such an insn.
03dda8e3 30* Output Statement:: For more generality, write C code to output
6ccde948 31 the assembler code.
e543e219 32* Predicates:: Controlling what kinds of operands can be used
6ccde948 33 for an insn.
e543e219 34* Constraints:: Fine-tuning operand selection.
03dda8e3
RK
35* Standard Names:: Names mark patterns to use for code generation.
36* Pattern Ordering:: When the order of patterns makes a difference.
37* Dependent Patterns:: Having one pattern may make you need another.
38* Jump Patterns:: Special considerations for patterns for jump insns.
6e4fcc95 39* Looping Patterns:: How to define patterns for special looping insns.
03dda8e3 40* Insn Canonicalizations::Canonicalization of Instructions
03dda8e3 41* Expander Definitions::Generating a sequence of several RTL insns
6ccde948 42 for a standard operation.
f3a3d0d3 43* Insn Splitting:: Splitting Instructions into Multiple Instructions.
6ccde948 44* Including Patterns:: Including Patterns in Machine Descriptions.
f3a3d0d3 45* Peephole Definitions::Defining machine-specific peephole optimizations.
03dda8e3 46* Insn Attributes:: Specifying the value of attributes for generated insns.
3262c1f5 47* Conditional Execution::Generating @code{define_insn} patterns for
6ccde948 48 predication.
c25c12b8
R
49* Constant Definitions::Defining symbolic constants that can be used in the
50 md file.
3abcb3a7 51* Iterators:: Using iterators to generate patterns from a template.
03dda8e3
RK
52@end menu
53
55e4756f
DD
54@node Overview
55@section Overview of How the Machine Description is Used
56
57There are three main conversions that happen in the compiler:
58
59@enumerate
60
61@item
62The front end reads the source code and builds a parse tree.
63
64@item
65The parse tree is used to generate an RTL insn list based on named
66instruction patterns.
67
68@item
69The insn list is matched against the RTL templates to produce assembler
70code.
71
72@end enumerate
73
74For the generate pass, only the names of the insns matter, from either a
75named @code{define_insn} or a @code{define_expand}. The compiler will
76choose the pattern with the right name and apply the operands according
77to the documentation later in this chapter, without regard for the RTL
78template or operand constraints. Note that the names the compiler looks
d7d9c429 79for are hard-coded in the compiler---it will ignore unnamed patterns and
55e4756f
DD
80patterns with names it doesn't know about, but if you don't provide a
81named pattern it needs, it will abort.
82
83If a @code{define_insn} is used, the template given is inserted into the
84insn list. If a @code{define_expand} is used, one of three things
85happens, based on the condition logic. The condition logic may manually
86create new insns for the insn list, say via @code{emit_insn()}, and
aee96fe9 87invoke @code{DONE}. For certain named patterns, it may invoke @code{FAIL} to tell the
55e4756f
DD
88compiler to use an alternate way of performing that task. If it invokes
89neither @code{DONE} nor @code{FAIL}, the template given in the pattern
90is inserted, as if the @code{define_expand} were a @code{define_insn}.
91
92Once the insn list is generated, various optimization passes convert,
93replace, and rearrange the insns in the insn list. This is where the
94@code{define_split} and @code{define_peephole} patterns get used, for
95example.
96
97Finally, the insn list's RTL is matched up with the RTL templates in the
98@code{define_insn} patterns, and those patterns are used to emit the
99final assembly code. For this purpose, each named @code{define_insn}
100acts like it's unnamed, since the names are ignored.
101
03dda8e3
RK
102@node Patterns
103@section Everything about Instruction Patterns
104@cindex patterns
105@cindex instruction patterns
106
107@findex define_insn
108Each instruction pattern contains an incomplete RTL expression, with pieces
109to be filled in later, operand constraints that restrict how the pieces can
110be filled in, and an output pattern or C code to generate the assembler
111output, all wrapped up in a @code{define_insn} expression.
112
113A @code{define_insn} is an RTL expression containing four or five operands:
114
115@enumerate
116@item
117An optional name. The presence of a name indicate that this instruction
118pattern can perform a certain standard job for the RTL-generation
119pass of the compiler. This pass knows certain names and will use
120the instruction patterns with those names, if the names are defined
121in the machine description.
122
123The absence of a name is indicated by writing an empty string
124where the name should go. Nameless instruction patterns are never
125used for generating RTL code, but they may permit several simpler insns
126to be combined later on.
127
128Names that are not thus known and used in RTL-generation have no
129effect; they are equivalent to no name at all.
130
661cb0b7
RK
131For the purpose of debugging the compiler, you may also specify a
132name beginning with the @samp{*} character. Such a name is used only
133for identifying the instruction in RTL dumps; it is entirely equivalent
134to having a nameless pattern for all other purposes.
135
03dda8e3
RK
136@item
137The @dfn{RTL template} (@pxref{RTL Template}) is a vector of incomplete
138RTL expressions which show what the instruction should look like. It is
139incomplete because it may contain @code{match_operand},
140@code{match_operator}, and @code{match_dup} expressions that stand for
141operands of the instruction.
142
143If the vector has only one element, that element is the template for the
144instruction pattern. If the vector has multiple elements, then the
145instruction pattern is a @code{parallel} expression containing the
146elements described.
147
148@item
149@cindex pattern conditions
150@cindex conditions, in patterns
151A condition. This is a string which contains a C expression that is
152the final test to decide whether an insn body matches this pattern.
153
154@cindex named patterns and conditions
155For a named pattern, the condition (if present) may not depend on
156the data in the insn being matched, but only the target-machine-type
157flags. The compiler needs to test these conditions during
158initialization in order to learn exactly which named instructions are
159available in a particular run.
160
161@findex operands
162For nameless patterns, the condition is applied only when matching an
163individual insn, and only after the insn has matched the pattern's
164recognition template. The insn's operands may be found in the vector
fde6d81f
HPN
165@code{operands}. For an insn where the condition has once matched, it
166can't be used to control register allocation, for example by excluding
167certain hard registers or hard register combinations.
03dda8e3
RK
168
169@item
170The @dfn{output template}: a string that says how to output matching
171insns as assembler code. @samp{%} in this string specifies where
172to substitute the value of an operand. @xref{Output Template}.
173
174When simple substitution isn't general enough, you can specify a piece
175of C code to compute the output. @xref{Output Statement}.
176
177@item
178Optionally, a vector containing the values of attributes for insns matching
179this pattern. @xref{Insn Attributes}.
180@end enumerate
181
182@node Example
183@section Example of @code{define_insn}
184@cindex @code{define_insn} example
185
186Here is an actual example of an instruction pattern, for the 68000/68020.
187
3ab51846 188@smallexample
03dda8e3
RK
189(define_insn "tstsi"
190 [(set (cc0)
191 (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "rm"))]
192 ""
193 "*
f282ffb3 194@{
0f40f9f7 195 if (TARGET_68020 || ! ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[0]))
03dda8e3 196 return \"tstl %0\";
f282ffb3 197 return \"cmpl #0,%0\";
0f40f9f7 198@}")
3ab51846 199@end smallexample
0f40f9f7
ZW
200
201@noindent
202This can also be written using braced strings:
203
3ab51846 204@smallexample
0f40f9f7
ZW
205(define_insn "tstsi"
206 [(set (cc0)
207 (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "rm"))]
208 ""
f282ffb3 209@{
0f40f9f7
ZW
210 if (TARGET_68020 || ! ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[0]))
211 return "tstl %0";
f282ffb3 212 return "cmpl #0,%0";
0f40f9f7 213@})
3ab51846 214@end smallexample
03dda8e3
RK
215
216This is an instruction that sets the condition codes based on the value of
217a general operand. It has no condition, so any insn whose RTL description
218has the form shown may be handled according to this pattern. The name
219@samp{tstsi} means ``test a @code{SImode} value'' and tells the RTL generation
220pass that, when it is necessary to test such a value, an insn to do so
221can be constructed using this pattern.
222
223The output control string is a piece of C code which chooses which
224output template to return based on the kind of operand and the specific
225type of CPU for which code is being generated.
226
227@samp{"rm"} is an operand constraint. Its meaning is explained below.
228
229@node RTL Template
230@section RTL Template
231@cindex RTL insn template
232@cindex generating insns
233@cindex insns, generating
234@cindex recognizing insns
235@cindex insns, recognizing
236
237The RTL template is used to define which insns match the particular pattern
238and how to find their operands. For named patterns, the RTL template also
239says how to construct an insn from specified operands.
240
241Construction involves substituting specified operands into a copy of the
242template. Matching involves determining the values that serve as the
243operands in the insn being matched. Both of these activities are
244controlled by special expression types that direct matching and
245substitution of the operands.
246
247@table @code
248@findex match_operand
249@item (match_operand:@var{m} @var{n} @var{predicate} @var{constraint})
250This expression is a placeholder for operand number @var{n} of
251the insn. When constructing an insn, operand number @var{n}
252will be substituted at this point. When matching an insn, whatever
253appears at this position in the insn will be taken as operand
254number @var{n}; but it must satisfy @var{predicate} or this instruction
255pattern will not match at all.
256
257Operand numbers must be chosen consecutively counting from zero in
258each instruction pattern. There may be only one @code{match_operand}
259expression in the pattern for each operand number. Usually operands
260are numbered in the order of appearance in @code{match_operand}
72938a4c
MM
261expressions. In the case of a @code{define_expand}, any operand numbers
262used only in @code{match_dup} expressions have higher values than all
263other operand numbers.
03dda8e3 264
e543e219
ZW
265@var{predicate} is a string that is the name of a function that
266accepts two arguments, an expression and a machine mode.
267@xref{Predicates}. During matching, the function will be called with
268the putative operand as the expression and @var{m} as the mode
269argument (if @var{m} is not specified, @code{VOIDmode} will be used,
270which normally causes @var{predicate} to accept any mode). If it
271returns zero, this instruction pattern fails to match.
272@var{predicate} may be an empty string; then it means no test is to be
273done on the operand, so anything which occurs in this position is
274valid.
03dda8e3
RK
275
276Most of the time, @var{predicate} will reject modes other than @var{m}---but
277not always. For example, the predicate @code{address_operand} uses
278@var{m} as the mode of memory ref that the address should be valid for.
279Many predicates accept @code{const_int} nodes even though their mode is
280@code{VOIDmode}.
281
282@var{constraint} controls reloading and the choice of the best register
283class to use for a value, as explained later (@pxref{Constraints}).
e543e219 284If the constraint would be an empty string, it can be omitted.
03dda8e3
RK
285
286People are often unclear on the difference between the constraint and the
287predicate. The predicate helps decide whether a given insn matches the
288pattern. The constraint plays no role in this decision; instead, it
289controls various decisions in the case of an insn which does match.
290
03dda8e3
RK
291@findex match_scratch
292@item (match_scratch:@var{m} @var{n} @var{constraint})
293This expression is also a placeholder for operand number @var{n}
294and indicates that operand must be a @code{scratch} or @code{reg}
295expression.
296
297When matching patterns, this is equivalent to
298
299@smallexample
300(match_operand:@var{m} @var{n} "scratch_operand" @var{pred})
301@end smallexample
302
303but, when generating RTL, it produces a (@code{scratch}:@var{m})
304expression.
305
306If the last few expressions in a @code{parallel} are @code{clobber}
307expressions whose operands are either a hard register or
308@code{match_scratch}, the combiner can add or delete them when
309necessary. @xref{Side Effects}.
310
311@findex match_dup
312@item (match_dup @var{n})
313This expression is also a placeholder for operand number @var{n}.
314It is used when the operand needs to appear more than once in the
315insn.
316
317In construction, @code{match_dup} acts just like @code{match_operand}:
318the operand is substituted into the insn being constructed. But in
319matching, @code{match_dup} behaves differently. It assumes that operand
320number @var{n} has already been determined by a @code{match_operand}
321appearing earlier in the recognition template, and it matches only an
322identical-looking expression.
323
55e4756f
DD
324Note that @code{match_dup} should not be used to tell the compiler that
325a particular register is being used for two operands (example:
326@code{add} that adds one register to another; the second register is
327both an input operand and the output operand). Use a matching
328constraint (@pxref{Simple Constraints}) for those. @code{match_dup} is for the cases where one
329operand is used in two places in the template, such as an instruction
330that computes both a quotient and a remainder, where the opcode takes
331two input operands but the RTL template has to refer to each of those
332twice; once for the quotient pattern and once for the remainder pattern.
333
03dda8e3
RK
334@findex match_operator
335@item (match_operator:@var{m} @var{n} @var{predicate} [@var{operands}@dots{}])
336This pattern is a kind of placeholder for a variable RTL expression
337code.
338
339When constructing an insn, it stands for an RTL expression whose
340expression code is taken from that of operand @var{n}, and whose
341operands are constructed from the patterns @var{operands}.
342
343When matching an expression, it matches an expression if the function
344@var{predicate} returns nonzero on that expression @emph{and} the
345patterns @var{operands} match the operands of the expression.
346
347Suppose that the function @code{commutative_operator} is defined as
348follows, to match any expression whose operator is one of the
349commutative arithmetic operators of RTL and whose mode is @var{mode}:
350
351@smallexample
352int
ec8e098d 353commutative_integer_operator (x, mode)
03dda8e3
RK
354 rtx x;
355 enum machine_mode mode;
356@{
357 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
358 if (GET_MODE (x) != mode)
359 return 0;
ec8e098d 360 return (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
03dda8e3
RK
361 || code == EQ || code == NE);
362@}
363@end smallexample
364
365Then the following pattern will match any RTL expression consisting
366of a commutative operator applied to two general operands:
367
368@smallexample
369(match_operator:SI 3 "commutative_operator"
370 [(match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "g")
371 (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g")])
372@end smallexample
373
374Here the vector @code{[@var{operands}@dots{}]} contains two patterns
375because the expressions to be matched all contain two operands.
376
377When this pattern does match, the two operands of the commutative
378operator are recorded as operands 1 and 2 of the insn. (This is done
379by the two instances of @code{match_operand}.) Operand 3 of the insn
380will be the entire commutative expression: use @code{GET_CODE
381(operands[3])} to see which commutative operator was used.
382
383The machine mode @var{m} of @code{match_operator} works like that of
384@code{match_operand}: it is passed as the second argument to the
385predicate function, and that function is solely responsible for
386deciding whether the expression to be matched ``has'' that mode.
387
388When constructing an insn, argument 3 of the gen-function will specify
e979f9e8 389the operation (i.e.@: the expression code) for the expression to be
03dda8e3
RK
390made. It should be an RTL expression, whose expression code is copied
391into a new expression whose operands are arguments 1 and 2 of the
392gen-function. The subexpressions of argument 3 are not used;
393only its expression code matters.
394
395When @code{match_operator} is used in a pattern for matching an insn,
396it usually best if the operand number of the @code{match_operator}
397is higher than that of the actual operands of the insn. This improves
398register allocation because the register allocator often looks at
399operands 1 and 2 of insns to see if it can do register tying.
400
401There is no way to specify constraints in @code{match_operator}. The
402operand of the insn which corresponds to the @code{match_operator}
403never has any constraints because it is never reloaded as a whole.
404However, if parts of its @var{operands} are matched by
405@code{match_operand} patterns, those parts may have constraints of
406their own.
407
408@findex match_op_dup
409@item (match_op_dup:@var{m} @var{n}[@var{operands}@dots{}])
410Like @code{match_dup}, except that it applies to operators instead of
411operands. When constructing an insn, operand number @var{n} will be
412substituted at this point. But in matching, @code{match_op_dup} behaves
413differently. It assumes that operand number @var{n} has already been
414determined by a @code{match_operator} appearing earlier in the
415recognition template, and it matches only an identical-looking
416expression.
417
418@findex match_parallel
419@item (match_parallel @var{n} @var{predicate} [@var{subpat}@dots{}])
420This pattern is a placeholder for an insn that consists of a
421@code{parallel} expression with a variable number of elements. This
422expression should only appear at the top level of an insn pattern.
423
424When constructing an insn, operand number @var{n} will be substituted at
425this point. When matching an insn, it matches if the body of the insn
426is a @code{parallel} expression with at least as many elements as the
427vector of @var{subpat} expressions in the @code{match_parallel}, if each
428@var{subpat} matches the corresponding element of the @code{parallel},
429@emph{and} the function @var{predicate} returns nonzero on the
430@code{parallel} that is the body of the insn. It is the responsibility
431of the predicate to validate elements of the @code{parallel} beyond
bd819a4a 432those listed in the @code{match_parallel}.
03dda8e3
RK
433
434A typical use of @code{match_parallel} is to match load and store
435multiple expressions, which can contain a variable number of elements
436in a @code{parallel}. For example,
03dda8e3
RK
437
438@smallexample
439(define_insn ""
440 [(match_parallel 0 "load_multiple_operation"
441 [(set (match_operand:SI 1 "gpc_reg_operand" "=r")
442 (match_operand:SI 2 "memory_operand" "m"))
443 (use (reg:SI 179))
444 (clobber (reg:SI 179))])]
445 ""
446 "loadm 0,0,%1,%2")
447@end smallexample
448
449This example comes from @file{a29k.md}. The function
9c34dbbf 450@code{load_multiple_operation} is defined in @file{a29k.c} and checks
03dda8e3
RK
451that subsequent elements in the @code{parallel} are the same as the
452@code{set} in the pattern, except that they are referencing subsequent
453registers and memory locations.
454
455An insn that matches this pattern might look like:
456
457@smallexample
458(parallel
459 [(set (reg:SI 20) (mem:SI (reg:SI 100)))
460 (use (reg:SI 179))
461 (clobber (reg:SI 179))
462 (set (reg:SI 21)
463 (mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI 100)
464 (const_int 4))))
465 (set (reg:SI 22)
466 (mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI 100)
467 (const_int 8))))])
468@end smallexample
469
470@findex match_par_dup
471@item (match_par_dup @var{n} [@var{subpat}@dots{}])
472Like @code{match_op_dup}, but for @code{match_parallel} instead of
473@code{match_operator}.
474
03dda8e3
RK
475@end table
476
477@node Output Template
478@section Output Templates and Operand Substitution
479@cindex output templates
480@cindex operand substitution
481
482@cindex @samp{%} in template
483@cindex percent sign
484The @dfn{output template} is a string which specifies how to output the
485assembler code for an instruction pattern. Most of the template is a
486fixed string which is output literally. The character @samp{%} is used
487to specify where to substitute an operand; it can also be used to
488identify places where different variants of the assembler require
489different syntax.
490
491In the simplest case, a @samp{%} followed by a digit @var{n} says to output
492operand @var{n} at that point in the string.
493
494@samp{%} followed by a letter and a digit says to output an operand in an
495alternate fashion. Four letters have standard, built-in meanings described
496below. The machine description macro @code{PRINT_OPERAND} can define
497additional letters with nonstandard meanings.
498
499@samp{%c@var{digit}} can be used to substitute an operand that is a
500constant value without the syntax that normally indicates an immediate
501operand.
502
503@samp{%n@var{digit}} is like @samp{%c@var{digit}} except that the value of
504the constant is negated before printing.
505
506@samp{%a@var{digit}} can be used to substitute an operand as if it were a
507memory reference, with the actual operand treated as the address. This may
508be useful when outputting a ``load address'' instruction, because often the
509assembler syntax for such an instruction requires you to write the operand
510as if it were a memory reference.
511
512@samp{%l@var{digit}} is used to substitute a @code{label_ref} into a jump
513instruction.
514
515@samp{%=} outputs a number which is unique to each instruction in the
516entire compilation. This is useful for making local labels to be
517referred to more than once in a single template that generates multiple
518assembler instructions.
519
520@samp{%} followed by a punctuation character specifies a substitution that
521does not use an operand. Only one case is standard: @samp{%%} outputs a
522@samp{%} into the assembler code. Other nonstandard cases can be
523defined in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro. You must also define
524which punctuation characters are valid with the
525@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} macro.
526
527@cindex \
528@cindex backslash
529The template may generate multiple assembler instructions. Write the text
530for the instructions, with @samp{\;} between them.
531
532@cindex matching operands
533When the RTL contains two operands which are required by constraint to match
534each other, the output template must refer only to the lower-numbered operand.
535Matching operands are not always identical, and the rest of the compiler
536arranges to put the proper RTL expression for printing into the lower-numbered
537operand.
538
539One use of nonstandard letters or punctuation following @samp{%} is to
540distinguish between different assembler languages for the same machine; for
541example, Motorola syntax versus MIT syntax for the 68000. Motorola syntax
542requires periods in most opcode names, while MIT syntax does not. For
543example, the opcode @samp{movel} in MIT syntax is @samp{move.l} in Motorola
544syntax. The same file of patterns is used for both kinds of output syntax,
545but the character sequence @samp{%.} is used in each place where Motorola
546syntax wants a period. The @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro for Motorola syntax
547defines the sequence to output a period; the macro for MIT syntax defines
548it to do nothing.
549
550@cindex @code{#} in template
551As a special case, a template consisting of the single character @code{#}
552instructs the compiler to first split the insn, and then output the
553resulting instructions separately. This helps eliminate redundancy in the
554output templates. If you have a @code{define_insn} that needs to emit
e4ae5e77 555multiple assembler instructions, and there is a matching @code{define_split}
03dda8e3
RK
556already defined, then you can simply use @code{#} as the output template
557instead of writing an output template that emits the multiple assembler
558instructions.
559
560If the macro @code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is defined, you can use construct
561of the form @samp{@{option0|option1|option2@}} in the templates. These
562describe multiple variants of assembler language syntax.
563@xref{Instruction Output}.
564
565@node Output Statement
566@section C Statements for Assembler Output
567@cindex output statements
568@cindex C statements for assembler output
569@cindex generating assembler output
570
571Often a single fixed template string cannot produce correct and efficient
572assembler code for all the cases that are recognized by a single
573instruction pattern. For example, the opcodes may depend on the kinds of
574operands; or some unfortunate combinations of operands may require extra
575machine instructions.
576
577If the output control string starts with a @samp{@@}, then it is actually
578a series of templates, each on a separate line. (Blank lines and
579leading spaces and tabs are ignored.) The templates correspond to the
580pattern's constraint alternatives (@pxref{Multi-Alternative}). For example,
581if a target machine has a two-address add instruction @samp{addr} to add
582into a register and another @samp{addm} to add a register to memory, you
583might write this pattern:
584
585@smallexample
586(define_insn "addsi3"
587 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r,m")
588 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0,0")
589 (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g,r")))]
590 ""
591 "@@
592 addr %2,%0
593 addm %2,%0")
594@end smallexample
595
596@cindex @code{*} in template
597@cindex asterisk in template
598If the output control string starts with a @samp{*}, then it is not an
599output template but rather a piece of C program that should compute a
600template. It should execute a @code{return} statement to return the
601template-string you want. Most such templates use C string literals, which
602require doublequote characters to delimit them. To include these
603doublequote characters in the string, prefix each one with @samp{\}.
604
0f40f9f7
ZW
605If the output control string is written as a brace block instead of a
606double-quoted string, it is automatically assumed to be C code. In that
607case, it is not necessary to put in a leading asterisk, or to escape the
608doublequotes surrounding C string literals.
609
03dda8e3
RK
610The operands may be found in the array @code{operands}, whose C data type
611is @code{rtx []}.
612
613It is very common to select different ways of generating assembler code
614based on whether an immediate operand is within a certain range. Be
615careful when doing this, because the result of @code{INTVAL} is an
616integer on the host machine. If the host machine has more bits in an
617@code{int} than the target machine has in the mode in which the constant
618will be used, then some of the bits you get from @code{INTVAL} will be
619superfluous. For proper results, you must carefully disregard the
620values of those bits.
621
622@findex output_asm_insn
623It is possible to output an assembler instruction and then go on to output
624or compute more of them, using the subroutine @code{output_asm_insn}. This
625receives two arguments: a template-string and a vector of operands. The
626vector may be @code{operands}, or it may be another array of @code{rtx}
627that you declare locally and initialize yourself.
628
629@findex which_alternative
630When an insn pattern has multiple alternatives in its constraints, often
631the appearance of the assembler code is determined mostly by which alternative
632was matched. When this is so, the C code can test the variable
633@code{which_alternative}, which is the ordinal number of the alternative
634that was actually satisfied (0 for the first, 1 for the second alternative,
635etc.).
636
637For example, suppose there are two opcodes for storing zero, @samp{clrreg}
638for registers and @samp{clrmem} for memory locations. Here is how
639a pattern could use @code{which_alternative} to choose between them:
640
641@smallexample
642(define_insn ""
643 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r,m")
644 (const_int 0))]
645 ""
0f40f9f7 646 @{
03dda8e3 647 return (which_alternative == 0
0f40f9f7
ZW
648 ? "clrreg %0" : "clrmem %0");
649 @})
03dda8e3
RK
650@end smallexample
651
652The example above, where the assembler code to generate was
653@emph{solely} determined by the alternative, could also have been specified
654as follows, having the output control string start with a @samp{@@}:
655
656@smallexample
657@group
658(define_insn ""
659 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r,m")
660 (const_int 0))]
661 ""
662 "@@
663 clrreg %0
664 clrmem %0")
665@end group
666@end smallexample
e543e219
ZW
667
668@node Predicates
669@section Predicates
670@cindex predicates
671@cindex operand predicates
672@cindex operator predicates
673
674A predicate determines whether a @code{match_operand} or
675@code{match_operator} expression matches, and therefore whether the
676surrounding instruction pattern will be used for that combination of
677operands. GCC has a number of machine-independent predicates, and you
678can define machine-specific predicates as needed. By convention,
679predicates used with @code{match_operand} have names that end in
680@samp{_operand}, and those used with @code{match_operator} have names
681that end in @samp{_operator}.
682
683All predicates are Boolean functions (in the mathematical sense) of
684two arguments: the RTL expression that is being considered at that
685position in the instruction pattern, and the machine mode that the
686@code{match_operand} or @code{match_operator} specifies. In this
687section, the first argument is called @var{op} and the second argument
688@var{mode}. Predicates can be called from C as ordinary two-argument
689functions; this can be useful in output templates or other
690machine-specific code.
691
692Operand predicates can allow operands that are not actually acceptable
693to the hardware, as long as the constraints give reload the ability to
694fix them up (@pxref{Constraints}). However, GCC will usually generate
695better code if the predicates specify the requirements of the machine
696instructions as closely as possible. Reload cannot fix up operands
697that must be constants (``immediate operands''); you must use a
698predicate that allows only constants, or else enforce the requirement
699in the extra condition.
700
701@cindex predicates and machine modes
702@cindex normal predicates
703@cindex special predicates
704Most predicates handle their @var{mode} argument in a uniform manner.
705If @var{mode} is @code{VOIDmode} (unspecified), then @var{op} can have
706any mode. If @var{mode} is anything else, then @var{op} must have the
707same mode, unless @var{op} is a @code{CONST_INT} or integer
708@code{CONST_DOUBLE}. These RTL expressions always have
709@code{VOIDmode}, so it would be counterproductive to check that their
710mode matches. Instead, predicates that accept @code{CONST_INT} and/or
711integer @code{CONST_DOUBLE} check that the value stored in the
712constant will fit in the requested mode.
713
714Predicates with this behavior are called @dfn{normal}.
715@command{genrecog} can optimize the instruction recognizer based on
716knowledge of how normal predicates treat modes. It can also diagnose
717certain kinds of common errors in the use of normal predicates; for
718instance, it is almost always an error to use a normal predicate
719without specifying a mode.
720
721Predicates that do something different with their @var{mode} argument
722are called @dfn{special}. The generic predicates
723@code{address_operand} and @code{pmode_register_operand} are special
724predicates. @command{genrecog} does not do any optimizations or
725diagnosis when special predicates are used.
726
727@menu
728* Machine-Independent Predicates:: Predicates available to all back ends.
729* Defining Predicates:: How to write machine-specific predicate
730 functions.
731@end menu
732
733@node Machine-Independent Predicates
734@subsection Machine-Independent Predicates
735@cindex machine-independent predicates
736@cindex generic predicates
737
738These are the generic predicates available to all back ends. They are
739defined in @file{recog.c}. The first category of predicates allow
740only constant, or @dfn{immediate}, operands.
741
742@defun immediate_operand
743This predicate allows any sort of constant that fits in @var{mode}.
744It is an appropriate choice for instructions that take operands that
745must be constant.
746@end defun
747
748@defun const_int_operand
749This predicate allows any @code{CONST_INT} expression that fits in
750@var{mode}. It is an appropriate choice for an immediate operand that
751does not allow a symbol or label.
752@end defun
753
754@defun const_double_operand
755This predicate accepts any @code{CONST_DOUBLE} expression that has
756exactly @var{mode}. If @var{mode} is @code{VOIDmode}, it will also
757accept @code{CONST_INT}. It is intended for immediate floating point
758constants.
759@end defun
760
761@noindent
762The second category of predicates allow only some kind of machine
763register.
764
765@defun register_operand
766This predicate allows any @code{REG} or @code{SUBREG} expression that
767is valid for @var{mode}. It is often suitable for arithmetic
768instruction operands on a RISC machine.
769@end defun
770
771@defun pmode_register_operand
772This is a slight variant on @code{register_operand} which works around
773a limitation in the machine-description reader.
774
cd1a8088 775@smallexample
e543e219 776(match_operand @var{n} "pmode_register_operand" @var{constraint})
cd1a8088 777@end smallexample
e543e219
ZW
778
779@noindent
780means exactly what
781
cd1a8088 782@smallexample
e543e219 783(match_operand:P @var{n} "register_operand" @var{constraint})
cd1a8088 784@end smallexample
e543e219
ZW
785
786@noindent
787would mean, if the machine-description reader accepted @samp{:P}
788mode suffixes. Unfortunately, it cannot, because @code{Pmode} is an
789alias for some other mode, and might vary with machine-specific
8a36672b 790options. @xref{Misc}.
e543e219
ZW
791@end defun
792
793@defun scratch_operand
794This predicate allows hard registers and @code{SCRATCH} expressions,
795but not pseudo-registers. It is used internally by @code{match_scratch};
796it should not be used directly.
797@end defun
798
799@noindent
800The third category of predicates allow only some kind of memory reference.
801
802@defun memory_operand
803This predicate allows any valid reference to a quantity of mode
804@var{mode} in memory, as determined by the weak form of
805@code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} (@pxref{Addressing Modes}).
806@end defun
807
808@defun address_operand
809This predicate is a little unusual; it allows any operand that is a
810valid expression for the @emph{address} of a quantity of mode
811@var{mode}, again determined by the weak form of
812@code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}. To first order, if
813@samp{@w{(mem:@var{mode} (@var{exp}))}} is acceptable to
814@code{memory_operand}, then @var{exp} is acceptable to
815@code{address_operand}. Note that @var{exp} does not necessarily have
816the mode @var{mode}.
817@end defun
818
819@defun indirect_operand
820This is a stricter form of @code{memory_operand} which allows only
821memory references with a @code{general_operand} as the address
822expression. New uses of this predicate are discouraged, because
823@code{general_operand} is very permissive, so it's hard to tell what
824an @code{indirect_operand} does or does not allow. If a target has
825different requirements for memory operands for different instructions,
826it is better to define target-specific predicates which enforce the
827hardware's requirements explicitly.
828@end defun
829
830@defun push_operand
831This predicate allows a memory reference suitable for pushing a value
832onto the stack. This will be a @code{MEM} which refers to
833@code{stack_pointer_rtx}, with a side-effect in its address expression
834(@pxref{Incdec}); which one is determined by the
835@code{STACK_PUSH_CODE} macro (@pxref{Frame Layout}).
836@end defun
837
838@defun pop_operand
839This predicate allows a memory reference suitable for popping a value
840off the stack. Again, this will be a @code{MEM} referring to
841@code{stack_pointer_rtx}, with a side-effect in its address
842expression. However, this time @code{STACK_POP_CODE} is expected.
843@end defun
844
845@noindent
846The fourth category of predicates allow some combination of the above
847operands.
848
849@defun nonmemory_operand
850This predicate allows any immediate or register operand valid for @var{mode}.
851@end defun
852
853@defun nonimmediate_operand
854This predicate allows any register or memory operand valid for @var{mode}.
855@end defun
856
857@defun general_operand
858This predicate allows any immediate, register, or memory operand
859valid for @var{mode}.
860@end defun
861
862@noindent
c6963675 863Finally, there are two generic operator predicates.
e543e219
ZW
864
865@defun comparison_operator
866This predicate matches any expression which performs an arithmetic
867comparison in @var{mode}; that is, @code{COMPARISON_P} is true for the
868expression code.
869@end defun
870
c6963675
PB
871@defun ordered_comparison_operator
872This predicate matches any expression which performs an arithmetic
873comparison in @var{mode} and whose expression code is valid for integer
874modes; that is, the expression code will be one of @code{eq}, @code{ne},
875@code{lt}, @code{ltu}, @code{le}, @code{leu}, @code{gt}, @code{gtu},
876@code{ge}, @code{geu}.
877@end defun
878
e543e219
ZW
879@node Defining Predicates
880@subsection Defining Machine-Specific Predicates
881@cindex defining predicates
882@findex define_predicate
883@findex define_special_predicate
884
885Many machines have requirements for their operands that cannot be
886expressed precisely using the generic predicates. You can define
887additional predicates using @code{define_predicate} and
888@code{define_special_predicate} expressions. These expressions have
889three operands:
890
891@itemize @bullet
892@item
893The name of the predicate, as it will be referred to in
894@code{match_operand} or @code{match_operator} expressions.
895
896@item
897An RTL expression which evaluates to true if the predicate allows the
898operand @var{op}, false if it does not. This expression can only use
899the following RTL codes:
900
901@table @code
902@item MATCH_OPERAND
903When written inside a predicate expression, a @code{MATCH_OPERAND}
904expression evaluates to true if the predicate it names would allow
905@var{op}. The operand number and constraint are ignored. Due to
906limitations in @command{genrecog}, you can only refer to generic
907predicates and predicates that have already been defined.
908
909@item MATCH_CODE
6e7a4706
ZW
910This expression evaluates to true if @var{op} or a specified
911subexpression of @var{op} has one of a given list of RTX codes.
912
913The first operand of this expression is a string constant containing a
914comma-separated list of RTX code names (in lower case). These are the
915codes for which the @code{MATCH_CODE} will be true.
916
917The second operand is a string constant which indicates what
918subexpression of @var{op} to examine. If it is absent or the empty
919string, @var{op} itself is examined. Otherwise, the string constant
920must be a sequence of digits and/or lowercase letters. Each character
921indicates a subexpression to extract from the current expression; for
922the first character this is @var{op}, for the second and subsequent
923characters it is the result of the previous character. A digit
924@var{n} extracts @samp{@w{XEXP (@var{e}, @var{n})}}; a letter @var{l}
925extracts @samp{@w{XVECEXP (@var{e}, 0, @var{n})}} where @var{n} is the
926alphabetic ordinal of @var{l} (0 for `a', 1 for 'b', and so on). The
927@code{MATCH_CODE} then examines the RTX code of the subexpression
928extracted by the complete string. It is not possible to extract
929components of an @code{rtvec} that is not at position 0 within its RTX
930object.
e543e219
ZW
931
932@item MATCH_TEST
933This expression has one operand, a string constant containing a C
934expression. The predicate's arguments, @var{op} and @var{mode}, are
935available with those names in the C expression. The @code{MATCH_TEST}
936evaluates to true if the C expression evaluates to a nonzero value.
937@code{MATCH_TEST} expressions must not have side effects.
938
939@item AND
940@itemx IOR
941@itemx NOT
942@itemx IF_THEN_ELSE
943The basic @samp{MATCH_} expressions can be combined using these
944logical operators, which have the semantics of the C operators
6e7a4706
ZW
945@samp{&&}, @samp{||}, @samp{!}, and @samp{@w{? :}} respectively. As
946in Common Lisp, you may give an @code{AND} or @code{IOR} expression an
947arbitrary number of arguments; this has exactly the same effect as
948writing a chain of two-argument @code{AND} or @code{IOR} expressions.
e543e219
ZW
949@end table
950
951@item
f0eb93a8 952An optional block of C code, which should execute
e543e219
ZW
953@samp{@w{return true}} if the predicate is found to match and
954@samp{@w{return false}} if it does not. It must not have any side
955effects. The predicate arguments, @var{op} and @var{mode}, are
956available with those names.
957
958If a code block is present in a predicate definition, then the RTL
959expression must evaluate to true @emph{and} the code block must
960execute @samp{@w{return true}} for the predicate to allow the operand.
961The RTL expression is evaluated first; do not re-check anything in the
962code block that was checked in the RTL expression.
963@end itemize
964
965The program @command{genrecog} scans @code{define_predicate} and
966@code{define_special_predicate} expressions to determine which RTX
967codes are possibly allowed. You should always make this explicit in
968the RTL predicate expression, using @code{MATCH_OPERAND} and
969@code{MATCH_CODE}.
970
971Here is an example of a simple predicate definition, from the IA64
972machine description:
973
974@smallexample
975@group
976;; @r{True if @var{op} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} which refers to the sdata section.}
977(define_predicate "small_addr_symbolic_operand"
978 (and (match_code "symbol_ref")
979 (match_test "SYMBOL_REF_SMALL_ADDR_P (op)")))
980@end group
981@end smallexample
982
983@noindent
984And here is another, showing the use of the C block.
985
986@smallexample
987@group
988;; @r{True if @var{op} is a register operand that is (or could be) a GR reg.}
989(define_predicate "gr_register_operand"
990 (match_operand 0 "register_operand")
991@{
992 unsigned int regno;
993 if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
994 op = SUBREG_REG (op);
995
996 regno = REGNO (op);
997 return (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER || GENERAL_REGNO_P (regno));
998@})
999@end group
1000@end smallexample
1001
1002Predicates written with @code{define_predicate} automatically include
1003a test that @var{mode} is @code{VOIDmode}, or @var{op} has the same
1004mode as @var{mode}, or @var{op} is a @code{CONST_INT} or
1005@code{CONST_DOUBLE}. They do @emph{not} check specifically for
1006integer @code{CONST_DOUBLE}, nor do they test that the value of either
1007kind of constant fits in the requested mode. This is because
1008target-specific predicates that take constants usually have to do more
1009stringent value checks anyway. If you need the exact same treatment
1010of @code{CONST_INT} or @code{CONST_DOUBLE} that the generic predicates
1011provide, use a @code{MATCH_OPERAND} subexpression to call
1012@code{const_int_operand}, @code{const_double_operand}, or
1013@code{immediate_operand}.
1014
1015Predicates written with @code{define_special_predicate} do not get any
1016automatic mode checks, and are treated as having special mode handling
1017by @command{genrecog}.
1018
1019The program @command{genpreds} is responsible for generating code to
1020test predicates. It also writes a header file containing function
1021declarations for all machine-specific predicates. It is not necessary
1022to declare these predicates in @file{@var{cpu}-protos.h}.
03dda8e3
RK
1023@end ifset
1024
1025@c Most of this node appears by itself (in a different place) even
b11cc610
JM
1026@c when the INTERNALS flag is clear. Passages that require the internals
1027@c manual's context are conditionalized to appear only in the internals manual.
03dda8e3
RK
1028@ifset INTERNALS
1029@node Constraints
1030@section Operand Constraints
1031@cindex operand constraints
1032@cindex constraints
1033
e543e219
ZW
1034Each @code{match_operand} in an instruction pattern can specify
1035constraints for the operands allowed. The constraints allow you to
1036fine-tune matching within the set of operands allowed by the
1037predicate.
1038
03dda8e3
RK
1039@end ifset
1040@ifclear INTERNALS
1041@node Constraints
1042@section Constraints for @code{asm} Operands
1043@cindex operand constraints, @code{asm}
1044@cindex constraints, @code{asm}
1045@cindex @code{asm} constraints
1046
1047Here are specific details on what constraint letters you can use with
1048@code{asm} operands.
1049@end ifclear
1050Constraints can say whether
1051an operand may be in a register, and which kinds of register; whether the
1052operand can be a memory reference, and which kinds of address; whether the
1053operand may be an immediate constant, and which possible values it may
1054have. Constraints can also require two operands to match.
54f044eb
JJ
1055Side-effects aren't allowed in operands of inline @code{asm}, unless
1056@samp{<} or @samp{>} constraints are used, because there is no guarantee
1057that the side-effects will happen exactly once in an instruction that can update
1058the addressing register.
03dda8e3
RK
1059
1060@ifset INTERNALS
1061@menu
1062* Simple Constraints:: Basic use of constraints.
1063* Multi-Alternative:: When an insn has two alternative constraint-patterns.
1064* Class Preferences:: Constraints guide which hard register to put things in.
1065* Modifiers:: More precise control over effects of constraints.
7ac28727 1066* Disable Insn Alternatives:: Disable insn alternatives using the @code{enabled} attribute.
03dda8e3 1067* Machine Constraints:: Existing constraints for some particular machines.
f38840db
ZW
1068* Define Constraints:: How to define machine-specific constraints.
1069* C Constraint Interface:: How to test constraints from C code.
03dda8e3
RK
1070@end menu
1071@end ifset
1072
1073@ifclear INTERNALS
1074@menu
1075* Simple Constraints:: Basic use of constraints.
1076* Multi-Alternative:: When an insn has two alternative constraint-patterns.
1077* Modifiers:: More precise control over effects of constraints.
1078* Machine Constraints:: Special constraints for some particular machines.
1079@end menu
1080@end ifclear
1081
1082@node Simple Constraints
1083@subsection Simple Constraints
1084@cindex simple constraints
1085
1086The simplest kind of constraint is a string full of letters, each of
1087which describes one kind of operand that is permitted. Here are
1088the letters that are allowed:
1089
1090@table @asis
88a56c2e
HPN
1091@item whitespace
1092Whitespace characters are ignored and can be inserted at any position
1093except the first. This enables each alternative for different operands to
1094be visually aligned in the machine description even if they have different
1095number of constraints and modifiers.
1096
03dda8e3
RK
1097@cindex @samp{m} in constraint
1098@cindex memory references in constraints
1099@item @samp{m}
1100A memory operand is allowed, with any kind of address that the machine
1101supports in general.
a4edaf83
AK
1102Note that the letter used for the general memory constraint can be
1103re-defined by a back end using the @code{TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT} macro.
03dda8e3
RK
1104
1105@cindex offsettable address
1106@cindex @samp{o} in constraint
1107@item @samp{o}
1108A memory operand is allowed, but only if the address is
1109@dfn{offsettable}. This means that adding a small integer (actually,
1110the width in bytes of the operand, as determined by its machine mode)
1111may be added to the address and the result is also a valid memory
1112address.
1113
1114@cindex autoincrement/decrement addressing
1115For example, an address which is constant is offsettable; so is an
1116address that is the sum of a register and a constant (as long as a
1117slightly larger constant is also within the range of address-offsets
1118supported by the machine); but an autoincrement or autodecrement
1119address is not offsettable. More complicated indirect/indexed
1120addresses may or may not be offsettable depending on the other
1121addressing modes that the machine supports.
1122
1123Note that in an output operand which can be matched by another
1124operand, the constraint letter @samp{o} is valid only when accompanied
1125by both @samp{<} (if the target machine has predecrement addressing)
1126and @samp{>} (if the target machine has preincrement addressing).
1127
1128@cindex @samp{V} in constraint
1129@item @samp{V}
1130A memory operand that is not offsettable. In other words, anything that
1131would fit the @samp{m} constraint but not the @samp{o} constraint.
1132
1133@cindex @samp{<} in constraint
1134@item @samp{<}
1135A memory operand with autodecrement addressing (either predecrement or
54f044eb
JJ
1136postdecrement) is allowed. In inline @code{asm} this constraint is only
1137allowed if the operand is used exactly once in an instruction that can
1138handle the side-effects. Not using an operand with @samp{<} in constraint
1139string in the inline @code{asm} pattern at all or using it in multiple
1140instructions isn't valid, because the side-effects wouldn't be performed
1141or would be performed more than once. Furthermore, on some targets
1142the operand with @samp{<} in constraint string must be accompanied by
1143special instruction suffixes like @code{%U0} instruction suffix on PowerPC
1144or @code{%P0} on IA-64.
03dda8e3
RK
1145
1146@cindex @samp{>} in constraint
1147@item @samp{>}
1148A memory operand with autoincrement addressing (either preincrement or
54f044eb
JJ
1149postincrement) is allowed. In inline @code{asm} the same restrictions
1150as for @samp{<} apply.
03dda8e3
RK
1151
1152@cindex @samp{r} in constraint
1153@cindex registers in constraints
1154@item @samp{r}
1155A register operand is allowed provided that it is in a general
1156register.
1157
03dda8e3
RK
1158@cindex constants in constraints
1159@cindex @samp{i} in constraint
1160@item @samp{i}
1161An immediate integer operand (one with constant value) is allowed.
1162This includes symbolic constants whose values will be known only at
8ac658b6 1163assembly time or later.
03dda8e3
RK
1164
1165@cindex @samp{n} in constraint
1166@item @samp{n}
1167An immediate integer operand with a known numeric value is allowed.
1168Many systems cannot support assembly-time constants for operands less
1169than a word wide. Constraints for these operands should use @samp{n}
1170rather than @samp{i}.
1171
1172@cindex @samp{I} in constraint
1173@item @samp{I}, @samp{J}, @samp{K}, @dots{} @samp{P}
1174Other letters in the range @samp{I} through @samp{P} may be defined in
1175a machine-dependent fashion to permit immediate integer operands with
1176explicit integer values in specified ranges. For example, on the
117768000, @samp{I} is defined to stand for the range of values 1 to 8.
1178This is the range permitted as a shift count in the shift
1179instructions.
1180
1181@cindex @samp{E} in constraint
1182@item @samp{E}
1183An immediate floating operand (expression code @code{const_double}) is
1184allowed, but only if the target floating point format is the same as
1185that of the host machine (on which the compiler is running).
1186
1187@cindex @samp{F} in constraint
1188@item @samp{F}
bf7cd754
R
1189An immediate floating operand (expression code @code{const_double} or
1190@code{const_vector}) is allowed.
03dda8e3
RK
1191
1192@cindex @samp{G} in constraint
1193@cindex @samp{H} in constraint
1194@item @samp{G}, @samp{H}
1195@samp{G} and @samp{H} may be defined in a machine-dependent fashion to
1196permit immediate floating operands in particular ranges of values.
1197
1198@cindex @samp{s} in constraint
1199@item @samp{s}
1200An immediate integer operand whose value is not an explicit integer is
1201allowed.
1202
1203This might appear strange; if an insn allows a constant operand with a
1204value not known at compile time, it certainly must allow any known
1205value. So why use @samp{s} instead of @samp{i}? Sometimes it allows
1206better code to be generated.
1207
1208For example, on the 68000 in a fullword instruction it is possible to
630d3d5a 1209use an immediate operand; but if the immediate value is between @minus{}128
03dda8e3
RK
1210and 127, better code results from loading the value into a register and
1211using the register. This is because the load into the register can be
1212done with a @samp{moveq} instruction. We arrange for this to happen
1213by defining the letter @samp{K} to mean ``any integer outside the
630d3d5a 1214range @minus{}128 to 127'', and then specifying @samp{Ks} in the operand
03dda8e3
RK
1215constraints.
1216
1217@cindex @samp{g} in constraint
1218@item @samp{g}
1219Any register, memory or immediate integer operand is allowed, except for
1220registers that are not general registers.
1221
1222@cindex @samp{X} in constraint
1223@item @samp{X}
1224@ifset INTERNALS
1225Any operand whatsoever is allowed, even if it does not satisfy
1226@code{general_operand}. This is normally used in the constraint of
1227a @code{match_scratch} when certain alternatives will not actually
1228require a scratch register.
1229@end ifset
1230@ifclear INTERNALS
1231Any operand whatsoever is allowed.
1232@end ifclear
1233
1234@cindex @samp{0} in constraint
1235@cindex digits in constraint
1236@item @samp{0}, @samp{1}, @samp{2}, @dots{} @samp{9}
1237An operand that matches the specified operand number is allowed. If a
1238digit is used together with letters within the same alternative, the
1239digit should come last.
1240
84b72302 1241This number is allowed to be more than a single digit. If multiple
c0478a66 1242digits are encountered consecutively, they are interpreted as a single
84b72302
RH
1243decimal integer. There is scant chance for ambiguity, since to-date
1244it has never been desirable that @samp{10} be interpreted as matching
1245either operand 1 @emph{or} operand 0. Should this be desired, one
1246can use multiple alternatives instead.
1247
03dda8e3
RK
1248@cindex matching constraint
1249@cindex constraint, matching
1250This is called a @dfn{matching constraint} and what it really means is
1251that the assembler has only a single operand that fills two roles
1252@ifset INTERNALS
1253considered separate in the RTL insn. For example, an add insn has two
1254input operands and one output operand in the RTL, but on most CISC
1255@end ifset
1256@ifclear INTERNALS
1257which @code{asm} distinguishes. For example, an add instruction uses
1258two input operands and an output operand, but on most CISC
1259@end ifclear
1260machines an add instruction really has only two operands, one of them an
1261input-output operand:
1262
1263@smallexample
1264addl #35,r12
1265@end smallexample
1266
1267Matching constraints are used in these circumstances.
1268More precisely, the two operands that match must include one input-only
1269operand and one output-only operand. Moreover, the digit must be a
1270smaller number than the number of the operand that uses it in the
1271constraint.
1272
1273@ifset INTERNALS
1274For operands to match in a particular case usually means that they
1275are identical-looking RTL expressions. But in a few special cases
1276specific kinds of dissimilarity are allowed. For example, @code{*x}
1277as an input operand will match @code{*x++} as an output operand.
1278For proper results in such cases, the output template should always
1279use the output-operand's number when printing the operand.
1280@end ifset
1281
1282@cindex load address instruction
1283@cindex push address instruction
1284@cindex address constraints
1285@cindex @samp{p} in constraint
1286@item @samp{p}
1287An operand that is a valid memory address is allowed. This is
1288for ``load address'' and ``push address'' instructions.
1289
1290@findex address_operand
1291@samp{p} in the constraint must be accompanied by @code{address_operand}
1292as the predicate in the @code{match_operand}. This predicate interprets
1293the mode specified in the @code{match_operand} as the mode of the memory
1294reference for which the address would be valid.
1295
c2cba7a9 1296@cindex other register constraints
03dda8e3 1297@cindex extensible constraints
630d3d5a 1298@item @var{other-letters}
c2cba7a9
RH
1299Other letters can be defined in machine-dependent fashion to stand for
1300particular classes of registers or other arbitrary operand types.
1301@samp{d}, @samp{a} and @samp{f} are defined on the 68000/68020 to stand
1302for data, address and floating point registers.
03dda8e3
RK
1303@end table
1304
1305@ifset INTERNALS
1306In order to have valid assembler code, each operand must satisfy
1307its constraint. But a failure to do so does not prevent the pattern
1308from applying to an insn. Instead, it directs the compiler to modify
1309the code so that the constraint will be satisfied. Usually this is
1310done by copying an operand into a register.
1311
1312Contrast, therefore, the two instruction patterns that follow:
1313
1314@smallexample
1315(define_insn ""
1316 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r")
1317 (plus:SI (match_dup 0)
1318 (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "r")))]
1319 ""
1320 "@dots{}")
1321@end smallexample
1322
1323@noindent
1324which has two operands, one of which must appear in two places, and
1325
1326@smallexample
1327(define_insn ""
1328 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r")
1329 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0")
1330 (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "r")))]
1331 ""
1332 "@dots{}")
1333@end smallexample
1334
1335@noindent
1336which has three operands, two of which are required by a constraint to be
1337identical. If we are considering an insn of the form
1338
1339@smallexample
1340(insn @var{n} @var{prev} @var{next}
1341 (set (reg:SI 3)
1342 (plus:SI (reg:SI 6) (reg:SI 109)))
1343 @dots{})
1344@end smallexample
1345
1346@noindent
1347the first pattern would not apply at all, because this insn does not
1348contain two identical subexpressions in the right place. The pattern would
d78aa55c 1349say, ``That does not look like an add instruction; try other patterns''.
03dda8e3 1350The second pattern would say, ``Yes, that's an add instruction, but there
d78aa55c 1351is something wrong with it''. It would direct the reload pass of the
03dda8e3
RK
1352compiler to generate additional insns to make the constraint true. The
1353results might look like this:
1354
1355@smallexample
1356(insn @var{n2} @var{prev} @var{n}
1357 (set (reg:SI 3) (reg:SI 6))
1358 @dots{})
1359
1360(insn @var{n} @var{n2} @var{next}
1361 (set (reg:SI 3)
1362 (plus:SI (reg:SI 3) (reg:SI 109)))
1363 @dots{})
1364@end smallexample
1365
1366It is up to you to make sure that each operand, in each pattern, has
1367constraints that can handle any RTL expression that could be present for
1368that operand. (When multiple alternatives are in use, each pattern must,
1369for each possible combination of operand expressions, have at least one
1370alternative which can handle that combination of operands.) The
1371constraints don't need to @emph{allow} any possible operand---when this is
1372the case, they do not constrain---but they must at least point the way to
1373reloading any possible operand so that it will fit.
1374
1375@itemize @bullet
1376@item
1377If the constraint accepts whatever operands the predicate permits,
1378there is no problem: reloading is never necessary for this operand.
1379
1380For example, an operand whose constraints permit everything except
1381registers is safe provided its predicate rejects registers.
1382
1383An operand whose predicate accepts only constant values is safe
1384provided its constraints include the letter @samp{i}. If any possible
1385constant value is accepted, then nothing less than @samp{i} will do;
1386if the predicate is more selective, then the constraints may also be
1387more selective.
1388
1389@item
1390Any operand expression can be reloaded by copying it into a register.
1391So if an operand's constraints allow some kind of register, it is
1392certain to be safe. It need not permit all classes of registers; the
1393compiler knows how to copy a register into another register of the
1394proper class in order to make an instruction valid.
1395
1396@cindex nonoffsettable memory reference
1397@cindex memory reference, nonoffsettable
1398@item
1399A nonoffsettable memory reference can be reloaded by copying the
1400address into a register. So if the constraint uses the letter
1401@samp{o}, all memory references are taken care of.
1402
1403@item
1404A constant operand can be reloaded by allocating space in memory to
1405hold it as preinitialized data. Then the memory reference can be used
1406in place of the constant. So if the constraint uses the letters
1407@samp{o} or @samp{m}, constant operands are not a problem.
1408
1409@item
1410If the constraint permits a constant and a pseudo register used in an insn
1411was not allocated to a hard register and is equivalent to a constant,
1412the register will be replaced with the constant. If the predicate does
1413not permit a constant and the insn is re-recognized for some reason, the
1414compiler will crash. Thus the predicate must always recognize any
1415objects allowed by the constraint.
1416@end itemize
1417
1418If the operand's predicate can recognize registers, but the constraint does
1419not permit them, it can make the compiler crash. When this operand happens
1420to be a register, the reload pass will be stymied, because it does not know
1421how to copy a register temporarily into memory.
1422
1423If the predicate accepts a unary operator, the constraint applies to the
1424operand. For example, the MIPS processor at ISA level 3 supports an
1425instruction which adds two registers in @code{SImode} to produce a
1426@code{DImode} result, but only if the registers are correctly sign
1427extended. This predicate for the input operands accepts a
1428@code{sign_extend} of an @code{SImode} register. Write the constraint
1429to indicate the type of register that is required for the operand of the
1430@code{sign_extend}.
1431@end ifset
1432
1433@node Multi-Alternative
1434@subsection Multiple Alternative Constraints
1435@cindex multiple alternative constraints
1436
1437Sometimes a single instruction has multiple alternative sets of possible
1438operands. For example, on the 68000, a logical-or instruction can combine
1439register or an immediate value into memory, or it can combine any kind of
1440operand into a register; but it cannot combine one memory location into
1441another.
1442
1443These constraints are represented as multiple alternatives. An alternative
1444can be described by a series of letters for each operand. The overall
1445constraint for an operand is made from the letters for this operand
1446from the first alternative, a comma, the letters for this operand from
1447the second alternative, a comma, and so on until the last alternative.
1448@ifset INTERNALS
1449Here is how it is done for fullword logical-or on the 68000:
1450
1451@smallexample
1452(define_insn "iorsi3"
1453 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=m,d")
1454 (ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "%0,0")
1455 (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "dKs,dmKs")))]
1456 @dots{})
1457@end smallexample
1458
1459The first alternative has @samp{m} (memory) for operand 0, @samp{0} for
1460operand 1 (meaning it must match operand 0), and @samp{dKs} for operand
14612. The second alternative has @samp{d} (data register) for operand 0,
1462@samp{0} for operand 1, and @samp{dmKs} for operand 2. The @samp{=} and
1463@samp{%} in the constraints apply to all the alternatives; their
1464meaning is explained in the next section (@pxref{Class Preferences}).
1465@end ifset
1466
1467@c FIXME Is this ? and ! stuff of use in asm()? If not, hide unless INTERNAL
1468If all the operands fit any one alternative, the instruction is valid.
1469Otherwise, for each alternative, the compiler counts how many instructions
1470must be added to copy the operands so that that alternative applies.
1471The alternative requiring the least copying is chosen. If two alternatives
1472need the same amount of copying, the one that comes first is chosen.
1473These choices can be altered with the @samp{?} and @samp{!} characters:
1474
1475@table @code
1476@cindex @samp{?} in constraint
1477@cindex question mark
1478@item ?
1479Disparage slightly the alternative that the @samp{?} appears in,
1480as a choice when no alternative applies exactly. The compiler regards
1481this alternative as one unit more costly for each @samp{?} that appears
1482in it.
1483
1484@cindex @samp{!} in constraint
1485@cindex exclamation point
1486@item !
1487Disparage severely the alternative that the @samp{!} appears in.
1488This alternative can still be used if it fits without reloading,
1489but if reloading is needed, some other alternative will be used.
1490@end table
1491
1492@ifset INTERNALS
1493When an insn pattern has multiple alternatives in its constraints, often
1494the appearance of the assembler code is determined mostly by which
1495alternative was matched. When this is so, the C code for writing the
1496assembler code can use the variable @code{which_alternative}, which is
1497the ordinal number of the alternative that was actually satisfied (0 for
1498the first, 1 for the second alternative, etc.). @xref{Output Statement}.
1499@end ifset
1500
1501@ifset INTERNALS
1502@node Class Preferences
1503@subsection Register Class Preferences
1504@cindex class preference constraints
1505@cindex register class preference constraints
1506
1507@cindex voting between constraint alternatives
1508The operand constraints have another function: they enable the compiler
1509to decide which kind of hardware register a pseudo register is best
1510allocated to. The compiler examines the constraints that apply to the
1511insns that use the pseudo register, looking for the machine-dependent
1512letters such as @samp{d} and @samp{a} that specify classes of registers.
1513The pseudo register is put in whichever class gets the most ``votes''.
1514The constraint letters @samp{g} and @samp{r} also vote: they vote in
1515favor of a general register. The machine description says which registers
1516are considered general.
1517
1518Of course, on some machines all registers are equivalent, and no register
1519classes are defined. Then none of this complexity is relevant.
1520@end ifset
1521
1522@node Modifiers
1523@subsection Constraint Modifier Characters
1524@cindex modifiers in constraints
1525@cindex constraint modifier characters
1526
1527@c prevent bad page break with this line
1528Here are constraint modifier characters.
1529
1530@table @samp
1531@cindex @samp{=} in constraint
1532@item =
1533Means that this operand is write-only for this instruction: the previous
1534value is discarded and replaced by output data.
1535
1536@cindex @samp{+} in constraint
1537@item +
1538Means that this operand is both read and written by the instruction.
1539
1540When the compiler fixes up the operands to satisfy the constraints,
1541it needs to know which operands are inputs to the instruction and
1542which are outputs from it. @samp{=} identifies an output; @samp{+}
1543identifies an operand that is both input and output; all other operands
1544are assumed to be input only.
1545
c5c76735
JL
1546If you specify @samp{=} or @samp{+} in a constraint, you put it in the
1547first character of the constraint string.
1548
03dda8e3
RK
1549@cindex @samp{&} in constraint
1550@cindex earlyclobber operand
1551@item &
1552Means (in a particular alternative) that this operand is an
1553@dfn{earlyclobber} operand, which is modified before the instruction is
1554finished using the input operands. Therefore, this operand may not lie
1555in a register that is used as an input operand or as part of any memory
1556address.
1557
1558@samp{&} applies only to the alternative in which it is written. In
1559constraints with multiple alternatives, sometimes one alternative
1560requires @samp{&} while others do not. See, for example, the
1561@samp{movdf} insn of the 68000.
1562
ebb48a4d 1563An input operand can be tied to an earlyclobber operand if its only
03dda8e3
RK
1564use as an input occurs before the early result is written. Adding
1565alternatives of this form often allows GCC to produce better code
ebb48a4d 1566when only some of the inputs can be affected by the earlyclobber.
161d7b59 1567See, for example, the @samp{mulsi3} insn of the ARM@.
03dda8e3
RK
1568
1569@samp{&} does not obviate the need to write @samp{=}.
1570
1571@cindex @samp{%} in constraint
1572@item %
1573Declares the instruction to be commutative for this operand and the
1574following operand. This means that the compiler may interchange the
1575two operands if that is the cheapest way to make all operands fit the
1576constraints.
1577@ifset INTERNALS
1578This is often used in patterns for addition instructions
1579that really have only two operands: the result must go in one of the
1580arguments. Here for example, is how the 68000 halfword-add
1581instruction is defined:
1582
1583@smallexample
1584(define_insn "addhi3"
1585 [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "general_operand" "=m,r")
1586 (plus:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "%0,0")
1587 (match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "di,g")))]
1588 @dots{})
1589@end smallexample
1590@end ifset
daf2f129 1591GCC can only handle one commutative pair in an asm; if you use more,
595163db
EB
1592the compiler may fail. Note that you need not use the modifier if
1593the two alternatives are strictly identical; this would only waste
be3914df
HPN
1594time in the reload pass. The modifier is not operational after
1595register allocation, so the result of @code{define_peephole2}
1596and @code{define_split}s performed after reload cannot rely on
1597@samp{%} to make the intended insn match.
03dda8e3
RK
1598
1599@cindex @samp{#} in constraint
1600@item #
1601Says that all following characters, up to the next comma, are to be
1602ignored as a constraint. They are significant only for choosing
1603register preferences.
1604
03dda8e3
RK
1605@cindex @samp{*} in constraint
1606@item *
1607Says that the following character should be ignored when choosing
1608register preferences. @samp{*} has no effect on the meaning of the
1609constraint as a constraint, and no effect on reloading.
1610
9f339dde 1611@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
1612Here is an example: the 68000 has an instruction to sign-extend a
1613halfword in a data register, and can also sign-extend a value by
1614copying it into an address register. While either kind of register is
1615acceptable, the constraints on an address-register destination are
1616less strict, so it is best if register allocation makes an address
1617register its goal. Therefore, @samp{*} is used so that the @samp{d}
1618constraint letter (for data register) is ignored when computing
1619register preferences.
1620
1621@smallexample
1622(define_insn "extendhisi2"
1623 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=*d,a")
1624 (sign_extend:SI
1625 (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "0,g")))]
1626 @dots{})
1627@end smallexample
1628@end ifset
1629@end table
1630
1631@node Machine Constraints
1632@subsection Constraints for Particular Machines
1633@cindex machine specific constraints
1634@cindex constraints, machine specific
1635
1636Whenever possible, you should use the general-purpose constraint letters
1637in @code{asm} arguments, since they will convey meaning more readily to
1638people reading your code. Failing that, use the constraint letters
1639that usually have very similar meanings across architectures. The most
1640commonly used constraints are @samp{m} and @samp{r} (for memory and
1641general-purpose registers respectively; @pxref{Simple Constraints}), and
1642@samp{I}, usually the letter indicating the most common
1643immediate-constant format.
1644
f38840db
ZW
1645Each architecture defines additional constraints. These constraints
1646are used by the compiler itself for instruction generation, as well as
1647for @code{asm} statements; therefore, some of the constraints are not
1648particularly useful for @code{asm}. Here is a summary of some of the
1649machine-dependent constraints available on some particular machines;
1650it includes both constraints that are useful for @code{asm} and
1651constraints that aren't. The compiler source file mentioned in the
1652table heading for each architecture is the definitive reference for
1653the meanings of that architecture's constraints.
6ccde948 1654
03dda8e3 1655@table @emph
74fe790b 1656@item ARM family---@file{config/arm/arm.h}
03dda8e3
RK
1657@table @code
1658@item f
1659Floating-point register
1660
9b66ebb1
PB
1661@item w
1662VFP floating-point register
1663
03dda8e3
RK
1664@item F
1665One of the floating-point constants 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0
1666or 10.0
1667
1668@item G
1669Floating-point constant that would satisfy the constraint @samp{F} if it
1670were negated
1671
1672@item I
1673Integer that is valid as an immediate operand in a data processing
1674instruction. That is, an integer in the range 0 to 255 rotated by a
1675multiple of 2
1676
1677@item J
630d3d5a 1678Integer in the range @minus{}4095 to 4095
03dda8e3
RK
1679
1680@item K
1681Integer that satisfies constraint @samp{I} when inverted (ones complement)
1682
1683@item L
1684Integer that satisfies constraint @samp{I} when negated (twos complement)
1685
1686@item M
1687Integer in the range 0 to 32
1688
1689@item Q
1690A memory reference where the exact address is in a single register
1691(`@samp{m}' is preferable for @code{asm} statements)
1692
1693@item R
1694An item in the constant pool
1695
1696@item S
1697A symbol in the text segment of the current file
03dda8e3 1698
1e1ab407 1699@item Uv
9b66ebb1
PB
1700A memory reference suitable for VFP load/store insns (reg+constant offset)
1701
fdd695fd
PB
1702@item Uy
1703A memory reference suitable for iWMMXt load/store instructions.
1704
1e1ab407 1705@item Uq
0bdcd332 1706A memory reference suitable for the ARMv4 ldrsb instruction.
db875b15 1707@end table
1e1ab407 1708
fc262682 1709@item AVR family---@file{config/avr/constraints.md}
052a4b28
DC
1710@table @code
1711@item l
1712Registers from r0 to r15
1713
1714@item a
1715Registers from r16 to r23
1716
1717@item d
1718Registers from r16 to r31
1719
1720@item w
3a69a7d5 1721Registers from r24 to r31. These registers can be used in @samp{adiw} command
052a4b28
DC
1722
1723@item e
d7d9c429 1724Pointer register (r26--r31)
052a4b28
DC
1725
1726@item b
d7d9c429 1727Base pointer register (r28--r31)
052a4b28 1728
3a69a7d5
MM
1729@item q
1730Stack pointer register (SPH:SPL)
1731
052a4b28
DC
1732@item t
1733Temporary register r0
1734
1735@item x
1736Register pair X (r27:r26)
1737
1738@item y
1739Register pair Y (r29:r28)
1740
1741@item z
1742Register pair Z (r31:r30)
1743
1744@item I
630d3d5a 1745Constant greater than @minus{}1, less than 64
052a4b28
DC
1746
1747@item J
630d3d5a 1748Constant greater than @minus{}64, less than 1
052a4b28
DC
1749
1750@item K
1751Constant integer 2
1752
1753@item L
1754Constant integer 0
1755
1756@item M
1757Constant that fits in 8 bits
1758
1759@item N
630d3d5a 1760Constant integer @minus{}1
052a4b28
DC
1761
1762@item O
3a69a7d5 1763Constant integer 8, 16, or 24
052a4b28
DC
1764
1765@item P
1766Constant integer 1
1767
1768@item G
1769A floating point constant 0.0
0e8eb4d8
EW
1770
1771@item R
8ad1dde7 1772Integer constant in the range @minus{}6 @dots{} 5.
0e8eb4d8
EW
1773
1774@item Q
1775A memory address based on Y or Z pointer with displacement.
663827d3
GJL
1776
1777@item C04
1778Constant integer 4
052a4b28 1779@end table
53054e77 1780
8119b4e4
JDA
1781@item Hewlett-Packard PA-RISC---@file{config/pa/pa.h}
1782@table @code
1783@item a
1784General register 1
1785
1786@item f
1787Floating point register
1788
1789@item q
1790Shift amount register
1791
1792@item x
1793Floating point register (deprecated)
1794
1795@item y
1796Upper floating point register (32-bit), floating point register (64-bit)
1797
1798@item Z
1799Any register
1800
1801@item I
1802Signed 11-bit integer constant
1803
1804@item J
1805Signed 14-bit integer constant
1806
1807@item K
1808Integer constant that can be deposited with a @code{zdepi} instruction
1809
1810@item L
1811Signed 5-bit integer constant
1812
1813@item M
1814Integer constant 0
1815
1816@item N
1817Integer constant that can be loaded with a @code{ldil} instruction
1818
1819@item O
1820Integer constant whose value plus one is a power of 2
1821
1822@item P
1823Integer constant that can be used for @code{and} operations in @code{depi}
1824and @code{extru} instructions
1825
1826@item S
1827Integer constant 31
1828
1829@item U
1830Integer constant 63
1831
1832@item G
1833Floating-point constant 0.0
1834
1835@item A
1836A @code{lo_sum} data-linkage-table memory operand
1837
1838@item Q
1839A memory operand that can be used as the destination operand of an
1840integer store instruction
1841
1842@item R
1843A scaled or unscaled indexed memory operand
1844
1845@item T
1846A memory operand for floating-point loads and stores
1847
1848@item W
1849A register indirect memory operand
1850@end table
1851
358da97e
HS
1852@item picoChip family---@file{picochip.h}
1853@table @code
1854@item k
1855Stack register.
1856
1857@item f
1858Pointer register. A register which can be used to access memory without
1859supplying an offset. Any other register can be used to access memory,
1860but will need a constant offset. In the case of the offset being zero,
1861it is more efficient to use a pointer register, since this reduces code
1862size.
1863
1864@item t
1865A twin register. A register which may be paired with an adjacent
1866register to create a 32-bit register.
1867
1868@item a
1869Any absolute memory address (e.g., symbolic constant, symbolic
1870constant + offset).
1871
1872@item I
18734-bit signed integer.
1874
1875@item J
18764-bit unsigned integer.
1877
1878@item K
18798-bit signed integer.
1880
1881@item M
1882Any constant whose absolute value is no greater than 4-bits.
1883
1884@item N
188510-bit signed integer
1886
1887@item O
188816-bit signed integer.
1889
1890@end table
1891
74fe790b 1892@item PowerPC and IBM RS6000---@file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h}
03dda8e3
RK
1893@table @code
1894@item b
1895Address base register
1896
799dbb0f
ME
1897@item d
1898Floating point register (containing 64-bit value)
1899
03dda8e3 1900@item f
799dbb0f 1901Floating point register (containing 32-bit value)
03dda8e3 1902
2dcfc29d 1903@item v
29e6733c
MM
1904Altivec vector register
1905
1906@item wd
1907VSX vector register to hold vector double data
1908
1909@item wf
1910VSX vector register to hold vector float data
1911
1912@item ws
1913VSX vector register to hold scalar float data
1914
1915@item wa
1916Any VSX register
2dcfc29d 1917
03dda8e3
RK
1918@item h
1919@samp{MQ}, @samp{CTR}, or @samp{LINK} register
1920
1921@item q
1922@samp{MQ} register
1923
1924@item c
1925@samp{CTR} register
1926
1927@item l
1928@samp{LINK} register
1929
1930@item x
1931@samp{CR} register (condition register) number 0
1932
1933@item y
1934@samp{CR} register (condition register)
1935
8f685459 1936@item z
f6b5d695 1937@samp{XER[CA]} carry bit (part of the XER register)
8f685459 1938
03dda8e3 1939@item I
1e5f973d 1940Signed 16-bit constant
03dda8e3
RK
1941
1942@item J
ebb48a4d 1943Unsigned 16-bit constant shifted left 16 bits (use @samp{L} instead for
5f59ecb7 1944@code{SImode} constants)
03dda8e3
RK
1945
1946@item K
1e5f973d 1947Unsigned 16-bit constant
03dda8e3
RK
1948
1949@item L
1e5f973d 1950Signed 16-bit constant shifted left 16 bits
03dda8e3
RK
1951
1952@item M
1953Constant larger than 31
1954
1955@item N
1956Exact power of 2
1957
1958@item O
1959Zero
1960
1961@item P
1e5f973d 1962Constant whose negation is a signed 16-bit constant
03dda8e3
RK
1963
1964@item G
1965Floating point constant that can be loaded into a register with one
1966instruction per word
1967
a8a51a97
AP
1968@item H
1969Integer/Floating point constant that can be loaded into a register using
1970three instructions
1971
1d447995 1972@item m
ff2ce160 1973Memory operand.
fea31288
JJ
1974Normally, @code{m} does not allow addresses that update the base register.
1975If @samp{<} or @samp{>} constraint is also used, they are allowed and
1976therefore on PowerPC targets in that case it is only safe
1977to use @samp{m<>} in an @code{asm} statement if that @code{asm} statement
1d447995
RS
1978accesses the operand exactly once. The @code{asm} statement must also
1979use @samp{%U@var{<opno>}} as a placeholder for the ``update'' flag in the
1980corresponding load or store instruction. For example:
1981
1982@smallexample
fea31288 1983asm ("st%U0 %1,%0" : "=m<>" (mem) : "r" (val));
1d447995
RS
1984@end smallexample
1985
1986is correct but:
1987
1988@smallexample
fea31288 1989asm ("st %1,%0" : "=m<>" (mem) : "r" (val));
1d447995
RS
1990@end smallexample
1991
fea31288 1992is not.
1d447995
RS
1993
1994@item es
1995A ``stable'' memory operand; that is, one which does not include any
fea31288
JJ
1996automodification of the base register. This used to be useful when
1997@samp{m} allowed automodification of the base register, but as those are now only
1998allowed when @samp{<} or @samp{>} is used, @samp{es} is basically the same
1999as @samp{m} without @samp{<} and @samp{>}.
1d447995 2000
03dda8e3 2001@item Q
1d447995
RS
2002Memory operand that is an offset from a register (it is usually better
2003to use @samp{m} or @samp{es} in @code{asm} statements)
03dda8e3 2004
a8a51a97 2005@item Z
1d447995
RS
2006Memory operand that is an indexed or indirect from a register (it is
2007usually better to use @samp{m} or @samp{es} in @code{asm} statements)
a8a51a97 2008
03dda8e3
RK
2009@item R
2010AIX TOC entry
2011
a8a51a97
AP
2012@item a
2013Address operand that is an indexed or indirect from a register (@samp{p} is
2014preferable for @code{asm} statements)
2015
03dda8e3 2016@item S
8f685459 2017Constant suitable as a 64-bit mask operand
03dda8e3 2018
5f59ecb7
DE
2019@item T
2020Constant suitable as a 32-bit mask operand
2021
03dda8e3
RK
2022@item U
2023System V Release 4 small data area reference
a8a51a97
AP
2024
2025@item t
2026AND masks that can be performed by two rldic@{l, r@} instructions
2027
2028@item W
2029Vector constant that does not require memory
2030
29e6733c
MM
2031@item j
2032Vector constant that is all zeros.
2033
03dda8e3
RK
2034@end table
2035
08b1e29a 2036@item Intel 386---@file{config/i386/constraints.md}
03dda8e3 2037@table @code
0c56474e 2038@item R
f38840db
ZW
2039Legacy register---the eight integer registers available on all
2040i386 processors (@code{a}, @code{b}, @code{c}, @code{d},
2041@code{si}, @code{di}, @code{bp}, @code{sp}).
03dda8e3 2042
f38840db
ZW
2043@item q
2044Any register accessible as @code{@var{r}l}. In 32-bit mode, @code{a},
2045@code{b}, @code{c}, and @code{d}; in 64-bit mode, any integer register.
03dda8e3 2046
f38840db
ZW
2047@item Q
2048Any register accessible as @code{@var{r}h}: @code{a}, @code{b},
2049@code{c}, and @code{d}.
03dda8e3 2050
f38840db
ZW
2051@ifset INTERNALS
2052@item l
2053Any register that can be used as the index in a base+index memory
2054access: that is, any general register except the stack pointer.
2055@end ifset
03dda8e3
RK
2056
2057@item a
f38840db 2058The @code{a} register.
03dda8e3
RK
2059
2060@item b
f38840db 2061The @code{b} register.
03dda8e3
RK
2062
2063@item c
f38840db 2064The @code{c} register.
f8ca7923 2065
03dda8e3 2066@item d
f38840db
ZW
2067The @code{d} register.
2068
2069@item S
2070The @code{si} register.
03dda8e3
RK
2071
2072@item D
f38840db 2073The @code{di} register.
03dda8e3 2074
f38840db 2075@item A
ae8358d6
RG
2076The @code{a} and @code{d} registers. This class is used for instructions
2077that return double word results in the @code{ax:dx} register pair. Single
2078word values will be allocated either in @code{ax} or @code{dx}.
2079For example on i386 the following implements @code{rdtsc}:
2080
2081@smallexample
2082unsigned long long rdtsc (void)
2083@{
2084 unsigned long long tick;
2085 __asm__ __volatile__("rdtsc":"=A"(tick));
2086 return tick;
2087@}
2088@end smallexample
2089
2090This is not correct on x86_64 as it would allocate tick in either @code{ax}
2091or @code{dx}. You have to use the following variant instead:
2092
2093@smallexample
2094unsigned long long rdtsc (void)
2095@{
2096 unsigned int tickl, tickh;
2097 __asm__ __volatile__("rdtsc":"=a"(tickl),"=d"(tickh));
2098 return ((unsigned long long)tickh << 32)|tickl;
2099@}
2100@end smallexample
2101
03dda8e3 2102
f38840db
ZW
2103@item f
2104Any 80387 floating-point (stack) register.
2105
2106@item t
2107Top of 80387 floating-point stack (@code{%st(0)}).
2108
2109@item u
2110Second from top of 80387 floating-point stack (@code{%st(1)}).
994682b9
AJ
2111
2112@item y
f38840db
ZW
2113Any MMX register.
2114
2115@item x
2116Any SSE register.
2117
c5245af5
L
2118@item Yz
2119First SSE register (@code{%xmm0}).
2120
f38840db 2121@ifset INTERNALS
c5245af5
L
2122@item Y2
2123Any SSE register, when SSE2 is enabled.
2124
2125@item Yi
2126Any SSE register, when SSE2 and inter-unit moves are enabled.
2127
2128@item Ym
2129Any MMX register, when inter-unit moves are enabled.
f38840db 2130@end ifset
994682b9 2131
03dda8e3 2132@item I
f38840db 2133Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 31, for 32-bit shifts.
03dda8e3
RK
2134
2135@item J
f38840db 2136Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 63, for 64-bit shifts.
03dda8e3
RK
2137
2138@item K
f38840db 2139Signed 8-bit integer constant.
03dda8e3
RK
2140
2141@item L
f38840db 2142@code{0xFF} or @code{0xFFFF}, for andsi as a zero-extending move.
03dda8e3
RK
2143
2144@item M
f38840db 21450, 1, 2, or 3 (shifts for the @code{lea} instruction).
03dda8e3
RK
2146
2147@item N
ff2ce160 2148Unsigned 8-bit integer constant (for @code{in} and @code{out}
f38840db 2149instructions).
03dda8e3 2150
f38840db
ZW
2151@ifset INTERNALS
2152@item O
2153Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 127, for 128-bit shifts.
2154@end ifset
2155
2156@item G
2157Standard 80387 floating point constant.
2158
2159@item C
2160Standard SSE floating point constant.
0c56474e
JH
2161
2162@item e
f38840db
ZW
216332-bit signed integer constant, or a symbolic reference known
2164to fit that range (for immediate operands in sign-extending x86-64
2165instructions).
2166
2167@item Z
216832-bit unsigned integer constant, or a symbolic reference known
2169to fit that range (for immediate operands in zero-extending x86-64
2170instructions).
0c56474e 2171
03dda8e3
RK
2172@end table
2173
74fe790b 2174@item Intel IA-64---@file{config/ia64/ia64.h}
7a430e3b
SC
2175@table @code
2176@item a
2177General register @code{r0} to @code{r3} for @code{addl} instruction
2178
2179@item b
2180Branch register
2181
2182@item c
2183Predicate register (@samp{c} as in ``conditional'')
2184
2185@item d
2186Application register residing in M-unit
2187
2188@item e
2189Application register residing in I-unit
2190
2191@item f
2192Floating-point register
2193
2194@item m
fea31288
JJ
2195Memory operand. If used together with @samp{<} or @samp{>},
2196the operand can have postincrement and postdecrement which
7a430e3b 2197require printing with @samp{%Pn} on IA-64.
7a430e3b
SC
2198
2199@item G
2200Floating-point constant 0.0 or 1.0
2201
2202@item I
220314-bit signed integer constant
2204
2205@item J
220622-bit signed integer constant
2207
2208@item K
22098-bit signed integer constant for logical instructions
2210
2211@item L
22128-bit adjusted signed integer constant for compare pseudo-ops
2213
2214@item M
22156-bit unsigned integer constant for shift counts
2216
2217@item N
22189-bit signed integer constant for load and store postincrements
2219
2220@item O
2221The constant zero
2222
2223@item P
78466c0e 22240 or @minus{}1 for @code{dep} instruction
7a430e3b
SC
2225
2226@item Q
2227Non-volatile memory for floating-point loads and stores
2228
2229@item R
2230Integer constant in the range 1 to 4 for @code{shladd} instruction
2231
2232@item S
fea31288
JJ
2233Memory operand except postincrement and postdecrement. This is
2234now roughly the same as @samp{m} when not used together with @samp{<}
2235or @samp{>}.
7a430e3b 2236@end table
03dda8e3 2237
74fe790b 2238@item FRV---@file{config/frv/frv.h}
70899148
BS
2239@table @code
2240@item a
840758d3 2241Register in the class @code{ACC_REGS} (@code{acc0} to @code{acc7}).
70899148
BS
2242
2243@item b
840758d3 2244Register in the class @code{EVEN_ACC_REGS} (@code{acc0} to @code{acc7}).
70899148
BS
2245
2246@item c
840758d3
BS
2247Register in the class @code{CC_REGS} (@code{fcc0} to @code{fcc3} and
2248@code{icc0} to @code{icc3}).
70899148
BS
2249
2250@item d
840758d3 2251Register in the class @code{GPR_REGS} (@code{gr0} to @code{gr63}).
70899148
BS
2252
2253@item e
840758d3 2254Register in the class @code{EVEN_REGS} (@code{gr0} to @code{gr63}).
70899148
BS
2255Odd registers are excluded not in the class but through the use of a machine
2256mode larger than 4 bytes.
2257
2258@item f
840758d3 2259Register in the class @code{FPR_REGS} (@code{fr0} to @code{fr63}).
70899148
BS
2260
2261@item h
840758d3 2262Register in the class @code{FEVEN_REGS} (@code{fr0} to @code{fr63}).
70899148
BS
2263Odd registers are excluded not in the class but through the use of a machine
2264mode larger than 4 bytes.
2265
2266@item l
840758d3 2267Register in the class @code{LR_REG} (the @code{lr} register).
70899148
BS
2268
2269@item q
840758d3 2270Register in the class @code{QUAD_REGS} (@code{gr2} to @code{gr63}).
70899148
BS
2271Register numbers not divisible by 4 are excluded not in the class but through
2272the use of a machine mode larger than 8 bytes.
2273
2274@item t
840758d3 2275Register in the class @code{ICC_REGS} (@code{icc0} to @code{icc3}).
70899148
BS
2276
2277@item u
840758d3 2278Register in the class @code{FCC_REGS} (@code{fcc0} to @code{fcc3}).
70899148
BS
2279
2280@item v
840758d3 2281Register in the class @code{ICR_REGS} (@code{cc4} to @code{cc7}).
70899148
BS
2282
2283@item w
840758d3 2284Register in the class @code{FCR_REGS} (@code{cc0} to @code{cc3}).
70899148
BS
2285
2286@item x
840758d3 2287Register in the class @code{QUAD_FPR_REGS} (@code{fr0} to @code{fr63}).
70899148
BS
2288Register numbers not divisible by 4 are excluded not in the class but through
2289the use of a machine mode larger than 8 bytes.
2290
2291@item z
840758d3 2292Register in the class @code{SPR_REGS} (@code{lcr} and @code{lr}).
70899148
BS
2293
2294@item A
840758d3 2295Register in the class @code{QUAD_ACC_REGS} (@code{acc0} to @code{acc7}).
70899148
BS
2296
2297@item B
840758d3 2298Register in the class @code{ACCG_REGS} (@code{accg0} to @code{accg7}).
70899148
BS
2299
2300@item C
840758d3 2301Register in the class @code{CR_REGS} (@code{cc0} to @code{cc7}).
70899148
BS
2302
2303@item G
2304Floating point constant zero
2305
2306@item I
23076-bit signed integer constant
2308
2309@item J
231010-bit signed integer constant
2311
2312@item L
231316-bit signed integer constant
2314
2315@item M
231616-bit unsigned integer constant
2317
2318@item N
840758d3
BS
231912-bit signed integer constant that is negative---i.e.@: in the
2320range of @minus{}2048 to @minus{}1
70899148
BS
2321
2322@item O
2323Constant zero
2324
2325@item P
840758d3 232612-bit signed integer constant that is greater than zero---i.e.@: in the
70899148
BS
2327range of 1 to 2047.
2328
2329@end table
2330
9fdd7520 2331@item Blackfin family---@file{config/bfin/constraints.md}
0d4a78eb
BS
2332@table @code
2333@item a
2334P register
2335
2336@item d
2337D register
2338
2339@item z
2340A call clobbered P register.
2341
03848bd0
BS
2342@item q@var{n}
2343A single register. If @var{n} is in the range 0 to 7, the corresponding D
2344register. If it is @code{A}, then the register P0.
2345
0d4a78eb
BS
2346@item D
2347Even-numbered D register
2348
2349@item W
2350Odd-numbered D register
2351
2352@item e
2353Accumulator register.
2354
2355@item A
2356Even-numbered accumulator register.
2357
2358@item B
2359Odd-numbered accumulator register.
2360
2361@item b
2362I register
2363
a9c46998 2364@item v
0d4a78eb
BS
2365B register
2366
2367@item f
2368M register
2369
2370@item c
2371Registers used for circular buffering, i.e. I, B, or L registers.
2372
2373@item C
2374The CC register.
2375
a9c46998
JZ
2376@item t
2377LT0 or LT1.
2378
2379@item k
2380LC0 or LC1.
2381
2382@item u
2383LB0 or LB1.
2384
0d4a78eb
BS
2385@item x
2386Any D, P, B, M, I or L register.
2387
2388@item y
2389Additional registers typically used only in prologues and epilogues: RETS,
2390RETN, RETI, RETX, RETE, ASTAT, SEQSTAT and USP.
2391
2392@item w
2393Any register except accumulators or CC.
2394
2395@item Ksh
8ad1dde7 2396Signed 16 bit integer (in the range @minus{}32768 to 32767)
0d4a78eb
BS
2397
2398@item Kuh
2399Unsigned 16 bit integer (in the range 0 to 65535)
2400
2401@item Ks7
8ad1dde7 2402Signed 7 bit integer (in the range @minus{}64 to 63)
0d4a78eb
BS
2403
2404@item Ku7
2405Unsigned 7 bit integer (in the range 0 to 127)
2406
2407@item Ku5
2408Unsigned 5 bit integer (in the range 0 to 31)
2409
2410@item Ks4
8ad1dde7 2411Signed 4 bit integer (in the range @minus{}8 to 7)
0d4a78eb
BS
2412
2413@item Ks3
8ad1dde7 2414Signed 3 bit integer (in the range @minus{}3 to 4)
0d4a78eb
BS
2415
2416@item Ku3
2417Unsigned 3 bit integer (in the range 0 to 7)
2418
2419@item P@var{n}
2420Constant @var{n}, where @var{n} is a single-digit constant in the range 0 to 4.
2421
3efd5670
BS
2422@item PA
2423An integer equal to one of the MACFLAG_XXX constants that is suitable for
2424use with either accumulator.
2425
2426@item PB
2427An integer equal to one of the MACFLAG_XXX constants that is suitable for
2428use only with accumulator A1.
2429
0d4a78eb
BS
2430@item M1
2431Constant 255.
2432
2433@item M2
2434Constant 65535.
2435
2436@item J
2437An integer constant with exactly a single bit set.
2438
2439@item L
2440An integer constant with all bits set except exactly one.
2441
2442@item H
2443
2444@item Q
2445Any SYMBOL_REF.
2446@end table
2447
74fe790b
ZW
2448@item M32C---@file{config/m32c/m32c.c}
2449@table @code
38b2d076
DD
2450@item Rsp
2451@itemx Rfb
2452@itemx Rsb
2453@samp{$sp}, @samp{$fb}, @samp{$sb}.
2454
2455@item Rcr
2456Any control register, when they're 16 bits wide (nothing if control
2457registers are 24 bits wide)
2458
2459@item Rcl
2460Any control register, when they're 24 bits wide.
2461
2462@item R0w
2463@itemx R1w
2464@itemx R2w
2465@itemx R3w
2466$r0, $r1, $r2, $r3.
2467
2468@item R02
2469$r0 or $r2, or $r2r0 for 32 bit values.
2470
2471@item R13
2472$r1 or $r3, or $r3r1 for 32 bit values.
2473
2474@item Rdi
2475A register that can hold a 64 bit value.
2476
2477@item Rhl
2478$r0 or $r1 (registers with addressable high/low bytes)
2479
2480@item R23
2481$r2 or $r3
2482
2483@item Raa
2484Address registers
2485
2486@item Raw
2487Address registers when they're 16 bits wide.
2488
2489@item Ral
2490Address registers when they're 24 bits wide.
2491
2492@item Rqi
2493Registers that can hold QI values.
2494
2495@item Rad
2496Registers that can be used with displacements ($a0, $a1, $sb).
2497
2498@item Rsi
2499Registers that can hold 32 bit values.
2500
2501@item Rhi
2502Registers that can hold 16 bit values.
2503
2504@item Rhc
2505Registers chat can hold 16 bit values, including all control
2506registers.
2507
2508@item Rra
2509$r0 through R1, plus $a0 and $a1.
2510
2511@item Rfl
2512The flags register.
2513
2514@item Rmm
2515The memory-based pseudo-registers $mem0 through $mem15.
2516
2517@item Rpi
2518Registers that can hold pointers (16 bit registers for r8c, m16c; 24
2519bit registers for m32cm, m32c).
2520
2521@item Rpa
2522Matches multiple registers in a PARALLEL to form a larger register.
2523Used to match function return values.
2524
2525@item Is3
8ad1dde7 2526@minus{}8 @dots{} 7
38b2d076
DD
2527
2528@item IS1
8ad1dde7 2529@minus{}128 @dots{} 127
38b2d076
DD
2530
2531@item IS2
8ad1dde7 2532@minus{}32768 @dots{} 32767
38b2d076
DD
2533
2534@item IU2
25350 @dots{} 65535
2536
2537@item In4
8ad1dde7 2538@minus{}8 @dots{} @minus{}1 or 1 @dots{} 8
38b2d076
DD
2539
2540@item In5
8ad1dde7 2541@minus{}16 @dots{} @minus{}1 or 1 @dots{} 16
38b2d076 2542
23fed240 2543@item In6
8ad1dde7 2544@minus{}32 @dots{} @minus{}1 or 1 @dots{} 32
38b2d076
DD
2545
2546@item IM2
8ad1dde7 2547@minus{}65536 @dots{} @minus{}1
38b2d076
DD
2548
2549@item Ilb
2550An 8 bit value with exactly one bit set.
2551
2552@item Ilw
2553A 16 bit value with exactly one bit set.
2554
2555@item Sd
2556The common src/dest memory addressing modes.
2557
2558@item Sa
2559Memory addressed using $a0 or $a1.
2560
2561@item Si
2562Memory addressed with immediate addresses.
2563
2564@item Ss
2565Memory addressed using the stack pointer ($sp).
2566
2567@item Sf
2568Memory addressed using the frame base register ($fb).
2569
2570@item Ss
2571Memory addressed using the small base register ($sb).
2572
2573@item S1
2574$r1h
e2491744
DD
2575@end table
2576
2577@item MeP---@file{config/mep/constraints.md}
2578@table @code
2579
2580@item a
2581The $sp register.
2582
2583@item b
2584The $tp register.
2585
2586@item c
2587Any control register.
2588
2589@item d
2590Either the $hi or the $lo register.
2591
2592@item em
2593Coprocessor registers that can be directly loaded ($c0-$c15).
2594
2595@item ex
2596Coprocessor registers that can be moved to each other.
2597
2598@item er
2599Coprocessor registers that can be moved to core registers.
2600
2601@item h
2602The $hi register.
2603
2604@item j
2605The $rpc register.
2606
2607@item l
2608The $lo register.
2609
2610@item t
2611Registers which can be used in $tp-relative addressing.
2612
2613@item v
2614The $gp register.
2615
2616@item x
2617The coprocessor registers.
2618
2619@item y
2620The coprocessor control registers.
2621
2622@item z
2623The $0 register.
2624
2625@item A
2626User-defined register set A.
2627
2628@item B
2629User-defined register set B.
2630
2631@item C
2632User-defined register set C.
2633
2634@item D
2635User-defined register set D.
2636
2637@item I
2638Offsets for $gp-rel addressing.
2639
2640@item J
2641Constants that can be used directly with boolean insns.
2642
2643@item K
2644Constants that can be moved directly to registers.
2645
2646@item L
2647Small constants that can be added to registers.
2648
2649@item M
2650Long shift counts.
2651
2652@item N
2653Small constants that can be compared to registers.
2654
2655@item O
2656Constants that can be loaded into the top half of registers.
2657
2658@item S
2659Signed 8-bit immediates.
2660
2661@item T
2662Symbols encoded for $tp-rel or $gp-rel addressing.
2663
2664@item U
2665Non-constant addresses for loading/saving coprocessor registers.
2666
2667@item W
2668The top half of a symbol's value.
2669
2670@item Y
2671A register indirect address without offset.
2672
2673@item Z
2674Symbolic references to the control bus.
2675
80920132 2676@end table
e2491744 2677
80920132
ME
2678@item MicroBlaze---@file{config/microblaze/constraints.md}
2679@table @code
2680@item d
2681A general register (@code{r0} to @code{r31}).
2682
2683@item z
2684A status register (@code{rmsr}, @code{$fcc1} to @code{$fcc7}).
e2491744 2685
74fe790b 2686@end table
38b2d076 2687
cbbb5b6d 2688@item MIPS---@file{config/mips/constraints.md}
4226378a
PK
2689@table @code
2690@item d
cbbb5b6d
RS
2691An address register. This is equivalent to @code{r} unless
2692generating MIPS16 code.
4226378a
PK
2693
2694@item f
cbbb5b6d 2695A floating-point register (if available).
4226378a
PK
2696
2697@item h
21dfc6dc 2698Formerly the @code{hi} register. This constraint is no longer supported.
4226378a
PK
2699
2700@item l
21dfc6dc
RS
2701The @code{lo} register. Use this register to store values that are
2702no bigger than a word.
4226378a
PK
2703
2704@item x
21dfc6dc
RS
2705The concatenated @code{hi} and @code{lo} registers. Use this register
2706to store doubleword values.
cbbb5b6d
RS
2707
2708@item c
2709A register suitable for use in an indirect jump. This will always be
2710@code{$25} for @option{-mabicalls}.
4226378a 2711
2feaae20
RS
2712@item v
2713Register @code{$3}. Do not use this constraint in new code;
2714it is retained only for compatibility with glibc.
2715
4226378a 2716@item y
cbbb5b6d 2717Equivalent to @code{r}; retained for backwards compatibility.
4226378a
PK
2718
2719@item z
cbbb5b6d 2720A floating-point condition code register.
4226378a
PK
2721
2722@item I
cbbb5b6d 2723A signed 16-bit constant (for arithmetic instructions).
4226378a
PK
2724
2725@item J
cbbb5b6d 2726Integer zero.
4226378a
PK
2727
2728@item K
cbbb5b6d 2729An unsigned 16-bit constant (for logic instructions).
4226378a
PK
2730
2731@item L
cbbb5b6d
RS
2732A signed 32-bit constant in which the lower 16 bits are zero.
2733Such constants can be loaded using @code{lui}.
4226378a
PK
2734
2735@item M
cbbb5b6d
RS
2736A constant that cannot be loaded using @code{lui}, @code{addiu}
2737or @code{ori}.
4226378a
PK
2738
2739@item N
8ad1dde7 2740A constant in the range @minus{}65535 to @minus{}1 (inclusive).
4226378a
PK
2741
2742@item O
cbbb5b6d 2743A signed 15-bit constant.
4226378a
PK
2744
2745@item P
cbbb5b6d 2746A constant in the range 1 to 65535 (inclusive).
4226378a
PK
2747
2748@item G
cbbb5b6d 2749Floating-point zero.
4226378a
PK
2750
2751@item R
cbbb5b6d 2752An address that can be used in a non-macro load or store.
4226378a
PK
2753@end table
2754
c47b0cb4 2755@item Motorola 680x0---@file{config/m68k/constraints.md}
03dda8e3
RK
2756@table @code
2757@item a
2758Address register
2759
2760@item d
2761Data register
2762
2763@item f
276468881 floating-point register, if available
2765
03dda8e3
RK
2766@item I
2767Integer in the range 1 to 8
2768
2769@item J
1e5f973d 277016-bit signed number
03dda8e3
RK
2771
2772@item K
2773Signed number whose magnitude is greater than 0x80
2774
2775@item L
630d3d5a 2776Integer in the range @minus{}8 to @minus{}1
03dda8e3
RK
2777
2778@item M
2779Signed number whose magnitude is greater than 0x100
2780
c47b0cb4
MK
2781@item N
2782Range 24 to 31, rotatert:SI 8 to 1 expressed as rotate
2783
2784@item O
278516 (for rotate using swap)
2786
2787@item P
2788Range 8 to 15, rotatert:HI 8 to 1 expressed as rotate
2789
2790@item R
2791Numbers that mov3q can handle
2792
03dda8e3
RK
2793@item G
2794Floating point constant that is not a 68881 constant
c47b0cb4
MK
2795
2796@item S
2797Operands that satisfy 'm' when -mpcrel is in effect
2798
2799@item T
2800Operands that satisfy 's' when -mpcrel is not in effect
2801
2802@item Q
2803Address register indirect addressing mode
2804
2805@item U
2806Register offset addressing
2807
2808@item W
2809const_call_operand
2810
2811@item Cs
2812symbol_ref or const
2813
2814@item Ci
2815const_int
2816
2817@item C0
2818const_int 0
2819
2820@item Cj
2821Range of signed numbers that don't fit in 16 bits
2822
2823@item Cmvq
2824Integers valid for mvq
2825
2826@item Capsw
2827Integers valid for a moveq followed by a swap
2828
2829@item Cmvz
2830Integers valid for mvz
2831
2832@item Cmvs
2833Integers valid for mvs
2834
2835@item Ap
2836push_operand
2837
2838@item Ac
2839Non-register operands allowed in clr
2840
03dda8e3
RK
2841@end table
2842
cceb575c
AG
2843@item Moxie---@file{config/moxie/constraints.md}
2844@table @code
2845@item A
2846An absolute address
2847
2848@item B
2849An offset address
2850
2851@item W
2852A register indirect memory operand
2853
2854@item I
2855A constant in the range of 0 to 255.
2856
2857@item N
8ad1dde7 2858A constant in the range of 0 to @minus{}255.
cceb575c
AG
2859
2860@end table
2861
5e426dd4
PK
2862@item PDP-11---@file{config/pdp11/constraints.md}
2863@table @code
2864@item a
2865Floating point registers AC0 through AC3. These can be loaded from/to
2866memory with a single instruction.
2867
2868@item d
868e54d1
PK
2869Odd numbered general registers (R1, R3, R5). These are used for
287016-bit multiply operations.
5e426dd4
PK
2871
2872@item f
2873Any of the floating point registers (AC0 through AC5).
2874
2875@item G
2876Floating point constant 0.
2877
2878@item I
2879An integer constant that fits in 16 bits.
2880
2881@item J
2882An integer constant whose low order 16 bits are zero.
2883
2884@item K
2885An integer constant that does not meet the constraints for codes
2886@samp{I} or @samp{J}.
2887
2888@item L
2889The integer constant 1.
2890
2891@item M
868e54d1 2892The integer constant @minus{}1.
5e426dd4
PK
2893
2894@item N
2895The integer constant 0.
2896
2897@item O
868e54d1 2898Integer constants @minus{}4 through @minus{}1 and 1 through 4; shifts by these
5e426dd4
PK
2899amounts are handled as multiple single-bit shifts rather than a single
2900variable-length shift.
2901
2902@item Q
2903A memory reference which requires an additional word (address or
2904offset) after the opcode.
2905
2906@item R
2907A memory reference that is encoded within the opcode.
2908
2909@end table
2910
65a324b4
NC
2911@item RX---@file{config/rx/constraints.md}
2912@table @code
2913@item Q
2914An address which does not involve register indirect addressing or
2915pre/post increment/decrement addressing.
2916
2917@item Symbol
2918A symbol reference.
2919
2920@item Int08
2921A constant in the range @minus{}256 to 255, inclusive.
2922
2923@item Sint08
2924A constant in the range @minus{}128 to 127, inclusive.
2925
2926@item Sint16
2927A constant in the range @minus{}32768 to 32767, inclusive.
2928
2929@item Sint24
2930A constant in the range @minus{}8388608 to 8388607, inclusive.
2931
2932@item Uint04
2933A constant in the range 0 to 15, inclusive.
2934
2935@end table
2936
03dda8e3 2937@need 1000
74fe790b 2938@item SPARC---@file{config/sparc/sparc.h}
03dda8e3
RK
2939@table @code
2940@item f
53e5f173
EB
2941Floating-point register on the SPARC-V8 architecture and
2942lower floating-point register on the SPARC-V9 architecture.
03dda8e3
RK
2943
2944@item e
8a36672b 2945Floating-point register. It is equivalent to @samp{f} on the
53e5f173
EB
2946SPARC-V8 architecture and contains both lower and upper
2947floating-point registers on the SPARC-V9 architecture.
03dda8e3 2948
8a69f99f
EB
2949@item c
2950Floating-point condition code register.
2951
2952@item d
8a36672b 2953Lower floating-point register. It is only valid on the SPARC-V9
53e5f173 2954architecture when the Visual Instruction Set is available.
8a69f99f
EB
2955
2956@item b
8a36672b 2957Floating-point register. It is only valid on the SPARC-V9 architecture
53e5f173 2958when the Visual Instruction Set is available.
8a69f99f
EB
2959
2960@item h
296164-bit global or out register for the SPARC-V8+ architecture.
2962
66e62b49
KH
2963@item D
2964A vector constant
2965
03dda8e3 2966@item I
1e5f973d 2967Signed 13-bit constant
03dda8e3
RK
2968
2969@item J
2970Zero
2971
2972@item K
1e5f973d 297332-bit constant with the low 12 bits clear (a constant that can be
03dda8e3
RK
2974loaded with the @code{sethi} instruction)
2975
7d6040e8
AO
2976@item L
2977A constant in the range supported by @code{movcc} instructions
2978
2979@item M
2980A constant in the range supported by @code{movrcc} instructions
2981
2982@item N
2983Same as @samp{K}, except that it verifies that bits that are not in the
57694e40 2984lower 32-bit range are all zero. Must be used instead of @samp{K} for
7d6040e8
AO
2985modes wider than @code{SImode}
2986
ef0139b1
EB
2987@item O
2988The constant 4096
2989
03dda8e3
RK
2990@item G
2991Floating-point zero
2992
2993@item H
1e5f973d 2994Signed 13-bit constant, sign-extended to 32 or 64 bits
03dda8e3
RK
2995
2996@item Q
62190128
DM
2997Floating-point constant whose integral representation can
2998be moved into an integer register using a single sethi
2999instruction
3000
3001@item R
3002Floating-point constant whose integral representation can
3003be moved into an integer register using a single mov
3004instruction
03dda8e3
RK
3005
3006@item S
62190128
DM
3007Floating-point constant whose integral representation can
3008be moved into an integer register using a high/lo_sum
3009instruction sequence
03dda8e3
RK
3010
3011@item T
3012Memory address aligned to an 8-byte boundary
3013
3014@item U
3015Even register
6ca30df6 3016
7a31a340 3017@item W
c75d6010
JM
3018Memory address for @samp{e} constraint registers
3019
3020@item Y
3021Vector zero
7a31a340 3022
6ca30df6
MH
3023@end table
3024
85d9c13c
TS
3025@item SPU---@file{config/spu/spu.h}
3026@table @code
3027@item a
ff2ce160 3028An immediate which can be loaded with the il/ila/ilh/ilhu instructions. const_int is treated as a 64 bit value.
85d9c13c
TS
3029
3030@item c
ff2ce160 3031An immediate for and/xor/or instructions. const_int is treated as a 64 bit value.
85d9c13c
TS
3032
3033@item d
ff2ce160 3034An immediate for the @code{iohl} instruction. const_int is treated as a 64 bit value.
85d9c13c
TS
3035
3036@item f
ff2ce160 3037An immediate which can be loaded with @code{fsmbi}.
85d9c13c
TS
3038
3039@item A
ff2ce160 3040An immediate which can be loaded with the il/ila/ilh/ilhu instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
85d9c13c
TS
3041
3042@item B
ff2ce160 3043An immediate for most arithmetic instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
85d9c13c
TS
3044
3045@item C
ff2ce160 3046An immediate for and/xor/or instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
85d9c13c
TS
3047
3048@item D
ff2ce160 3049An immediate for the @code{iohl} instruction. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
85d9c13c
TS
3050
3051@item I
ff2ce160 3052A constant in the range [@minus{}64, 63] for shift/rotate instructions.
85d9c13c
TS
3053
3054@item J
ff2ce160 3055An unsigned 7-bit constant for conversion/nop/channel instructions.
85d9c13c
TS
3056
3057@item K
ff2ce160 3058A signed 10-bit constant for most arithmetic instructions.
85d9c13c
TS
3059
3060@item M
ff2ce160 3061A signed 16 bit immediate for @code{stop}.
85d9c13c
TS
3062
3063@item N
ff2ce160 3064An unsigned 16-bit constant for @code{iohl} and @code{fsmbi}.
85d9c13c
TS
3065
3066@item O
ff2ce160 3067An unsigned 7-bit constant whose 3 least significant bits are 0.
85d9c13c
TS
3068
3069@item P
ff2ce160 3070An unsigned 3-bit constant for 16-byte rotates and shifts
85d9c13c
TS
3071
3072@item R
ff2ce160 3073Call operand, reg, for indirect calls
85d9c13c
TS
3074
3075@item S
ff2ce160 3076Call operand, symbol, for relative calls.
85d9c13c
TS
3077
3078@item T
ff2ce160 3079Call operand, const_int, for absolute calls.
85d9c13c
TS
3080
3081@item U
ff2ce160 3082An immediate which can be loaded with the il/ila/ilh/ilhu instructions. const_int is sign extended to 128 bit.
85d9c13c
TS
3083
3084@item W
ff2ce160 3085An immediate for shift and rotate instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
85d9c13c
TS
3086
3087@item Y
ff2ce160 3088An immediate for and/xor/or instructions. const_int is sign extended as a 128 bit.
85d9c13c
TS
3089
3090@item Z
ff2ce160 3091An immediate for the @code{iohl} instruction. const_int is sign extended to 128 bit.
85d9c13c
TS
3092
3093@end table
3094
74fe790b 3095@item S/390 and zSeries---@file{config/s390/s390.h}
91abf72d
HP
3096@table @code
3097@item a
3098Address register (general purpose register except r0)
3099
9dc62c00
AK
3100@item c
3101Condition code register
3102
91abf72d
HP
3103@item d
3104Data register (arbitrary general purpose register)
3105
3106@item f
3107Floating-point register
3108
3109@item I
3110Unsigned 8-bit constant (0--255)
3111
3112@item J
3113Unsigned 12-bit constant (0--4095)
3114
3115@item K
3116Signed 16-bit constant (@minus{}32768--32767)
3117
3118@item L
f19a9af7
AK
3119Value appropriate as displacement.
3120@table @code
6ccde948
RW
3121@item (0..4095)
3122for short displacement
8ad1dde7 3123@item (@minus{}524288..524287)
6ccde948 3124for long displacement
f19a9af7
AK
3125@end table
3126
3127@item M
3128Constant integer with a value of 0x7fffffff.
3129
3130@item N
3131Multiple letter constraint followed by 4 parameter letters.
3132@table @code
6ccde948
RW
3133@item 0..9:
3134number of the part counting from most to least significant
3135@item H,Q:
3136mode of the part
3137@item D,S,H:
3138mode of the containing operand
3139@item 0,F:
3140value of the other parts (F---all bits set)
f19a9af7
AK
3141@end table
3142The constraint matches if the specified part of a constant
dc9a511d 3143has a value different from its other parts.
91abf72d
HP
3144
3145@item Q
f19a9af7
AK
3146Memory reference without index register and with short displacement.
3147
3148@item R
3149Memory reference with index register and short displacement.
91abf72d
HP
3150
3151@item S
f19a9af7
AK
3152Memory reference without index register but with long displacement.
3153
3154@item T
3155Memory reference with index register and long displacement.
3156
3157@item U
3158Pointer with short displacement.
3159
3160@item W
3161Pointer with long displacement.
3162
3163@item Y
3164Shift count operand.
91abf72d
HP
3165
3166@end table
3167
93ef7c1f
CL
3168@item Score family---@file{config/score/score.h}
3169@table @code
3170@item d
3171Registers from r0 to r32.
3172
3173@item e
3174Registers from r0 to r16.
3175
3176@item t
3177r8---r11 or r22---r27 registers.
3178
3179@item h
3180hi register.
3181
3182@item l
3183lo register.
3184
3185@item x
3186hi + lo register.
3187
3188@item q
3189cnt register.
3190
3191@item y
3192lcb register.
3193
3194@item z
3195scb register.
3196
3197@item a
3198cnt + lcb + scb register.
3199
3200@item c
3201cr0---cr15 register.
3202
3203@item b
3204cp1 registers.
3205
3206@item f
3207cp2 registers.
3208
3209@item i
3210cp3 registers.
3211
3212@item j
3213cp1 + cp2 + cp3 registers.
3214
3215@item I
c6681463 3216High 16-bit constant (32-bit constant with 16 LSBs zero).
93ef7c1f
CL
3217
3218@item J
3219Unsigned 5 bit integer (in the range 0 to 31).
3220
3221@item K
3222Unsigned 16 bit integer (in the range 0 to 65535).
3223
3224@item L
3225Signed 16 bit integer (in the range @minus{}32768 to 32767).
3226
3227@item M
3228Unsigned 14 bit integer (in the range 0 to 16383).
3229
3230@item N
3231Signed 14 bit integer (in the range @minus{}8192 to 8191).
3232
93ef7c1f
CL
3233@item Z
3234Any SYMBOL_REF.
3235@end table
3236
74fe790b 3237@item Xstormy16---@file{config/stormy16/stormy16.h}
9f339dde
GK
3238@table @code
3239@item a
3240Register r0.
3241
3242@item b
3243Register r1.
3244
3245@item c
3246Register r2.
3247
3248@item d
3249Register r8.
3250
3251@item e
3252Registers r0 through r7.
3253
3254@item t
3255Registers r0 and r1.
3256
3257@item y
3258The carry register.
3259
3260@item z
3261Registers r8 and r9.
3262
3263@item I
3264A constant between 0 and 3 inclusive.
3265
3266@item J
3267A constant that has exactly one bit set.
3268
3269@item K
3270A constant that has exactly one bit clear.
3271
3272@item L
3273A constant between 0 and 255 inclusive.
3274
3275@item M
69a0611f 3276A constant between @minus{}255 and 0 inclusive.
9f339dde
GK
3277
3278@item N
69a0611f 3279A constant between @minus{}3 and 0 inclusive.
9f339dde
GK
3280
3281@item O
3282A constant between 1 and 4 inclusive.
3283
3284@item P
69a0611f 3285A constant between @minus{}4 and @minus{}1 inclusive.
9f339dde
GK
3286
3287@item Q
3288A memory reference that is a stack push.
3289
3290@item R
3291A memory reference that is a stack pop.
3292
3293@item S
63519d23 3294A memory reference that refers to a constant address of known value.
9f339dde
GK
3295
3296@item T
3297The register indicated by Rx (not implemented yet).
3298
3299@item U
3300A constant that is not between 2 and 15 inclusive.
3301
e2ce66a9
DD
3302@item Z
3303The constant 0.
3304
9f339dde
GK
3305@end table
3306
bcead286
BS
3307@item TI C6X family---@file{config/c6x/constraints.md}
3308@table @code
3309@item a
3310Register file A (A0--A31).
3311
3312@item b
3313Register file B (B0--B31).
3314
3315@item A
3316Predicate registers in register file A (A0--A2 on C64X and
3317higher, A1 and A2 otherwise).
3318
3319@item B
3320Predicate registers in register file B (B0--B2).
3321
3322@item C
3323A call-used register in register file B (B0--B9, B16--B31).
3324
3325@item Da
3326Register file A, excluding predicate registers (A3--A31,
3327plus A0 if not C64X or higher).
3328
3329@item Db
3330Register file B, excluding predicate registers (B3--B31).
3331
3332@item Iu4
3333Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 15.
3334
3335@item Iu5
3336Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 31.
3337
3338@item In5
3339Integer constant in the range @minus{}31 @dots{} 0.
3340
3341@item Is5
3342Integer constant in the range @minus{}16 @dots{} 15.
3343
3344@item I5x
3345Integer constant that can be the operand of an ADDA or a SUBA insn.
3346
3347@item IuB
3348Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 65535.
3349
3350@item IsB
3351Integer constant in the range @minus{}32768 @dots{} 32767.
3352
3353@item IsC
3354Integer constant in the range @math{-2^{20}} @dots{} @math{2^{20} - 1}.
3355
3356@item Jc
3357Integer constant that is a valid mask for the clr instruction.
3358
3359@item Js
3360Integer constant that is a valid mask for the set instruction.
3361
3362@item Q
3363Memory location with A base register.
3364
3365@item R
3366Memory location with B base register.
3367
3368@ifset INTERNALS
3369@item S0
3370On C64x+ targets, a GP-relative small data reference.
3371
3372@item S1
3373Any kind of @code{SYMBOL_REF}, for use in a call address.
3374
3375@item Si
3376Any kind of immediate operand, unless it matches the S0 constraint.
3377
3378@item T
3379Memory location with B base register, but not using a long offset.
3380
3381@item W
3382A memory operand with an address that can't be used in an unaligned access.
3383
3384@end ifset
3385@item Z
3386Register B14 (aka DP).
3387
3388@end table
3389
887af464 3390@item Xtensa---@file{config/xtensa/constraints.md}
03984308
BW
3391@table @code
3392@item a
3393General-purpose 32-bit register
3394
3395@item b
3396One-bit boolean register
3397
3398@item A
3399MAC16 40-bit accumulator register
3400
3401@item I
3402Signed 12-bit integer constant, for use in MOVI instructions
3403
3404@item J
3405Signed 8-bit integer constant, for use in ADDI instructions
3406
3407@item K
3408Integer constant valid for BccI instructions
3409
3410@item L
3411Unsigned constant valid for BccUI instructions
3412
3413@end table
3414
03dda8e3
RK
3415@end table
3416
7ac28727
AK
3417@ifset INTERNALS
3418@node Disable Insn Alternatives
3419@subsection Disable insn alternatives using the @code{enabled} attribute
3420@cindex enabled
3421
3422The @code{enabled} insn attribute may be used to disable certain insn
3423alternatives for machine-specific reasons. This is useful when adding
3424new instructions to an existing pattern which are only available for
3425certain cpu architecture levels as specified with the @code{-march=}
3426option.
3427
3428If an insn alternative is disabled, then it will never be used. The
3429compiler treats the constraints for the disabled alternative as
3430unsatisfiable.
3431
3432In order to make use of the @code{enabled} attribute a back end has to add
3433in the machine description files:
3434
3435@enumerate
3436@item
3437A definition of the @code{enabled} insn attribute. The attribute is
3438defined as usual using the @code{define_attr} command. This
3439definition should be based on other insn attributes and/or target flags.
3440The @code{enabled} attribute is a numeric attribute and should evaluate to
3441@code{(const_int 1)} for an enabled alternative and to
3442@code{(const_int 0)} otherwise.
3443@item
3444A definition of another insn attribute used to describe for what
3445reason an insn alternative might be available or
3446not. E.g. @code{cpu_facility} as in the example below.
3447@item
a640c13b 3448An assignment for the second attribute to each insn definition
7ac28727
AK
3449combining instructions which are not all available under the same
3450circumstances. (Note: It obviously only makes sense for definitions
3451with more than one alternative. Otherwise the insn pattern should be
3452disabled or enabled using the insn condition.)
3453@end enumerate
3454
3455E.g. the following two patterns could easily be merged using the @code{enabled}
3456attribute:
3457
3458@smallexample
3459
3460(define_insn "*movdi_old"
3461 [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=d")
3462 (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" " d"))]
3463 "!TARGET_NEW"
3464 "lgr %0,%1")
3465
3466(define_insn "*movdi_new"
3467 [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=d,f,d")
3468 (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" " d,d,f"))]
3469 "TARGET_NEW"
3470 "@@
3471 lgr %0,%1
3472 ldgr %0,%1
3473 lgdr %0,%1")
3474
3475@end smallexample
3476
3477to:
3478
3479@smallexample
3480
3481(define_insn "*movdi_combined"
3482 [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=d,f,d")
3483 (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" " d,d,f"))]
3484 ""
3485 "@@
3486 lgr %0,%1
3487 ldgr %0,%1
3488 lgdr %0,%1"
3489 [(set_attr "cpu_facility" "*,new,new")])
3490
3491@end smallexample
3492
3493with the @code{enabled} attribute defined like this:
3494
3495@smallexample
3496
3497(define_attr "cpu_facility" "standard,new" (const_string "standard"))
3498
3499(define_attr "enabled" ""
3500 (cond [(eq_attr "cpu_facility" "standard") (const_int 1)
3501 (and (eq_attr "cpu_facility" "new")
3502 (ne (symbol_ref "TARGET_NEW") (const_int 0)))
3503 (const_int 1)]
3504 (const_int 0)))
3505
3506@end smallexample
3507
3508@end ifset
3509
03dda8e3 3510@ifset INTERNALS
f38840db
ZW
3511@node Define Constraints
3512@subsection Defining Machine-Specific Constraints
3513@cindex defining constraints
3514@cindex constraints, defining
3515
3516Machine-specific constraints fall into two categories: register and
3517non-register constraints. Within the latter category, constraints
3518which allow subsets of all possible memory or address operands should
3519be specially marked, to give @code{reload} more information.
3520
3521Machine-specific constraints can be given names of arbitrary length,
3522but they must be entirely composed of letters, digits, underscores
3523(@samp{_}), and angle brackets (@samp{< >}). Like C identifiers, they
ff2ce160 3524must begin with a letter or underscore.
f38840db
ZW
3525
3526In order to avoid ambiguity in operand constraint strings, no
3527constraint can have a name that begins with any other constraint's
3528name. For example, if @code{x} is defined as a constraint name,
3529@code{xy} may not be, and vice versa. As a consequence of this rule,
3530no constraint may begin with one of the generic constraint letters:
3531@samp{E F V X g i m n o p r s}.
3532
3533Register constraints correspond directly to register classes.
3534@xref{Register Classes}. There is thus not much flexibility in their
3535definitions.
3536
3537@deffn {MD Expression} define_register_constraint name regclass docstring
3538All three arguments are string constants.
3539@var{name} is the name of the constraint, as it will appear in
5be527d0
RG
3540@code{match_operand} expressions. If @var{name} is a multi-letter
3541constraint its length shall be the same for all constraints starting
3542with the same letter. @var{regclass} can be either the
f38840db
ZW
3543name of the corresponding register class (@pxref{Register Classes}),
3544or a C expression which evaluates to the appropriate register class.
3545If it is an expression, it must have no side effects, and it cannot
3546look at the operand. The usual use of expressions is to map some
3547register constraints to @code{NO_REGS} when the register class
3548is not available on a given subarchitecture.
3549
3550@var{docstring} is a sentence documenting the meaning of the
3551constraint. Docstrings are explained further below.
3552@end deffn
3553
3554Non-register constraints are more like predicates: the constraint
3555definition gives a Boolean expression which indicates whether the
3556constraint matches.
3557
3558@deffn {MD Expression} define_constraint name docstring exp
3559The @var{name} and @var{docstring} arguments are the same as for
3560@code{define_register_constraint}, but note that the docstring comes
3561immediately after the name for these expressions. @var{exp} is an RTL
3562expression, obeying the same rules as the RTL expressions in predicate
3563definitions. @xref{Defining Predicates}, for details. If it
3564evaluates true, the constraint matches; if it evaluates false, it
3565doesn't. Constraint expressions should indicate which RTL codes they
3566might match, just like predicate expressions.
3567
3568@code{match_test} C expressions have access to the
3569following variables:
3570
3571@table @var
3572@item op
3573The RTL object defining the operand.
3574@item mode
3575The machine mode of @var{op}.
3576@item ival
3577@samp{INTVAL (@var{op})}, if @var{op} is a @code{const_int}.
3578@item hval
3579@samp{CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (@var{op})}, if @var{op} is an integer
3580@code{const_double}.
3581@item lval
3582@samp{CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (@var{op})}, if @var{op} is an integer
3583@code{const_double}.
3584@item rval
3585@samp{CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (@var{op})}, if @var{op} is a floating-point
3fa1b0e5 3586@code{const_double}.
f38840db
ZW
3587@end table
3588
3589The @var{*val} variables should only be used once another piece of the
3590expression has verified that @var{op} is the appropriate kind of RTL
3591object.
3592@end deffn
3593
3594Most non-register constraints should be defined with
3595@code{define_constraint}. The remaining two definition expressions
3596are only appropriate for constraints that should be handled specially
3597by @code{reload} if they fail to match.
3598
3599@deffn {MD Expression} define_memory_constraint name docstring exp
3600Use this expression for constraints that match a subset of all memory
3601operands: that is, @code{reload} can make them match by converting the
3602operand to the form @samp{@w{(mem (reg @var{X}))}}, where @var{X} is a
3603base register (from the register class specified by
3604@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}, @pxref{Register Classes}).
3605
3606For example, on the S/390, some instructions do not accept arbitrary
3607memory references, but only those that do not make use of an index
3608register. The constraint letter @samp{Q} is defined to represent a
3609memory address of this type. If @samp{Q} is defined with
3610@code{define_memory_constraint}, a @samp{Q} constraint can handle any
3611memory operand, because @code{reload} knows it can simply copy the
3612memory address into a base register if required. This is analogous to
e4ae5e77 3613the way an @samp{o} constraint can handle any memory operand.
f38840db
ZW
3614
3615The syntax and semantics are otherwise identical to
3616@code{define_constraint}.
3617@end deffn
3618
3619@deffn {MD Expression} define_address_constraint name docstring exp
3620Use this expression for constraints that match a subset of all address
3621operands: that is, @code{reload} can make the constraint match by
3622converting the operand to the form @samp{@w{(reg @var{X})}}, again
3623with @var{X} a base register.
3624
3625Constraints defined with @code{define_address_constraint} can only be
3626used with the @code{address_operand} predicate, or machine-specific
3627predicates that work the same way. They are treated analogously to
3628the generic @samp{p} constraint.
3629
3630The syntax and semantics are otherwise identical to
3631@code{define_constraint}.
3632@end deffn
3633
3634For historical reasons, names beginning with the letters @samp{G H}
3635are reserved for constraints that match only @code{const_double}s, and
3636names beginning with the letters @samp{I J K L M N O P} are reserved
3637for constraints that match only @code{const_int}s. This may change in
3638the future. For the time being, constraints with these names must be
3639written in a stylized form, so that @code{genpreds} can tell you did
3640it correctly:
3641
3642@smallexample
3643@group
3644(define_constraint "[@var{GHIJKLMNOP}]@dots{}"
3645 "@var{doc}@dots{}"
3646 (and (match_code "const_int") ; @r{@code{const_double} for G/H}
3647 @var{condition}@dots{})) ; @r{usually a @code{match_test}}
3648@end group
3649@end smallexample
3650@c the semicolons line up in the formatted manual
3651
3652It is fine to use names beginning with other letters for constraints
3653that match @code{const_double}s or @code{const_int}s.
3654
3655Each docstring in a constraint definition should be one or more complete
3656sentences, marked up in Texinfo format. @emph{They are currently unused.}
3657In the future they will be copied into the GCC manual, in @ref{Machine
3658Constraints}, replacing the hand-maintained tables currently found in
3659that section. Also, in the future the compiler may use this to give
3660more helpful diagnostics when poor choice of @code{asm} constraints
3661causes a reload failure.
3662
3663If you put the pseudo-Texinfo directive @samp{@@internal} at the
3664beginning of a docstring, then (in the future) it will appear only in
3665the internals manual's version of the machine-specific constraint tables.
3666Use this for constraints that should not appear in @code{asm} statements.
3667
3668@node C Constraint Interface
3669@subsection Testing constraints from C
3670@cindex testing constraints
3671@cindex constraints, testing
3672
3673It is occasionally useful to test a constraint from C code rather than
3674implicitly via the constraint string in a @code{match_operand}. The
3675generated file @file{tm_p.h} declares a few interfaces for working
3676with machine-specific constraints. None of these interfaces work with
3677the generic constraints described in @ref{Simple Constraints}. This
3678may change in the future.
3679
3680@strong{Warning:} @file{tm_p.h} may declare other functions that
3681operate on constraints, besides the ones documented here. Do not use
3682those functions from machine-dependent code. They exist to implement
3683the old constraint interface that machine-independent components of
3684the compiler still expect. They will change or disappear in the
3685future.
3686
3687Some valid constraint names are not valid C identifiers, so there is a
3688mangling scheme for referring to them from C@. Constraint names that
3689do not contain angle brackets or underscores are left unchanged.
3690Underscores are doubled, each @samp{<} is replaced with @samp{_l}, and
3691each @samp{>} with @samp{_g}. Here are some examples:
3692
3693@c the @c's prevent double blank lines in the printed manual.
3694@example
3695@multitable {Original} {Mangled}
cccb0908 3696@item @strong{Original} @tab @strong{Mangled} @c
f38840db
ZW
3697@item @code{x} @tab @code{x} @c
3698@item @code{P42x} @tab @code{P42x} @c
3699@item @code{P4_x} @tab @code{P4__x} @c
3700@item @code{P4>x} @tab @code{P4_gx} @c
3701@item @code{P4>>} @tab @code{P4_g_g} @c
3702@item @code{P4_g>} @tab @code{P4__g_g} @c
3703@end multitable
3704@end example
3705
3706Throughout this section, the variable @var{c} is either a constraint
3707in the abstract sense, or a constant from @code{enum constraint_num};
3708the variable @var{m} is a mangled constraint name (usually as part of
3709a larger identifier).
3710
3711@deftp Enum constraint_num
3712For each machine-specific constraint, there is a corresponding
3713enumeration constant: @samp{CONSTRAINT_} plus the mangled name of the
3714constraint. Functions that take an @code{enum constraint_num} as an
3715argument expect one of these constants.
3716
3717Machine-independent constraints do not have associated constants.
3718This may change in the future.
3719@end deftp
3720
3721@deftypefun {inline bool} satisfies_constraint_@var{m} (rtx @var{exp})
3722For each machine-specific, non-register constraint @var{m}, there is
3723one of these functions; it returns @code{true} if @var{exp} satisfies the
3724constraint. These functions are only visible if @file{rtl.h} was included
3725before @file{tm_p.h}.
3726@end deftypefun
3727
3728@deftypefun bool constraint_satisfied_p (rtx @var{exp}, enum constraint_num @var{c})
3729Like the @code{satisfies_constraint_@var{m}} functions, but the
3730constraint to test is given as an argument, @var{c}. If @var{c}
3731specifies a register constraint, this function will always return
3732@code{false}.
3733@end deftypefun
3734
3735@deftypefun {enum reg_class} regclass_for_constraint (enum constraint_num @var{c})
3736Returns the register class associated with @var{c}. If @var{c} is not
3737a register constraint, or those registers are not available for the
3738currently selected subtarget, returns @code{NO_REGS}.
3739@end deftypefun
3740
3741Here is an example use of @code{satisfies_constraint_@var{m}}. In
3742peephole optimizations (@pxref{Peephole Definitions}), operand
3743constraint strings are ignored, so if there are relevant constraints,
3744they must be tested in the C condition. In the example, the
3745optimization is applied if operand 2 does @emph{not} satisfy the
3746@samp{K} constraint. (This is a simplified version of a peephole
3747definition from the i386 machine description.)
3748
3749@smallexample
3750(define_peephole2
3751 [(match_scratch:SI 3 "r")
3752 (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
6ccde948
RW
3753 (mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "memory_operand" "")
3754 (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")))]
f38840db
ZW
3755
3756 "!satisfies_constraint_K (operands[2])"
3757
3758 [(set (match_dup 3) (match_dup 1))
3759 (set (match_dup 0) (mult:SI (match_dup 3) (match_dup 2)))]
3760
3761 "")
3762@end smallexample
3763
03dda8e3
RK
3764@node Standard Names
3765@section Standard Pattern Names For Generation
3766@cindex standard pattern names
3767@cindex pattern names
3768@cindex names, pattern
3769
3770Here is a table of the instruction names that are meaningful in the RTL
3771generation pass of the compiler. Giving one of these names to an
3772instruction pattern tells the RTL generation pass that it can use the
556e0f21 3773pattern to accomplish a certain task.
03dda8e3
RK
3774
3775@table @asis
3776@cindex @code{mov@var{m}} instruction pattern
3777@item @samp{mov@var{m}}
4bd0bee9 3778Here @var{m} stands for a two-letter machine mode name, in lowercase.
03dda8e3
RK
3779This instruction pattern moves data with that machine mode from operand
37801 to operand 0. For example, @samp{movsi} moves full-word data.
3781
3782If operand 0 is a @code{subreg} with mode @var{m} of a register whose
3783own mode is wider than @var{m}, the effect of this instruction is
3784to store the specified value in the part of the register that corresponds
8feb4e28
JL
3785to mode @var{m}. Bits outside of @var{m}, but which are within the
3786same target word as the @code{subreg} are undefined. Bits which are
3787outside the target word are left unchanged.
03dda8e3
RK
3788
3789This class of patterns is special in several ways. First of all, each
65945ec1
HPN
3790of these names up to and including full word size @emph{must} be defined,
3791because there is no other way to copy a datum from one place to another.
3792If there are patterns accepting operands in larger modes,
3793@samp{mov@var{m}} must be defined for integer modes of those sizes.
03dda8e3
RK
3794
3795Second, these patterns are not used solely in the RTL generation pass.
3796Even the reload pass can generate move insns to copy values from stack
3797slots into temporary registers. When it does so, one of the operands is
3798a hard register and the other is an operand that can need to be reloaded
3799into a register.
3800
3801@findex force_reg
3802Therefore, when given such a pair of operands, the pattern must generate
3803RTL which needs no reloading and needs no temporary registers---no
3804registers other than the operands. For example, if you support the
3805pattern with a @code{define_expand}, then in such a case the
3806@code{define_expand} mustn't call @code{force_reg} or any other such
3807function which might generate new pseudo registers.
3808
3809This requirement exists even for subword modes on a RISC machine where
3810fetching those modes from memory normally requires several insns and
39ed8974 3811some temporary registers.
03dda8e3
RK
3812
3813@findex change_address
3814During reload a memory reference with an invalid address may be passed
3815as an operand. Such an address will be replaced with a valid address
3816later in the reload pass. In this case, nothing may be done with the
3817address except to use it as it stands. If it is copied, it will not be
3818replaced with a valid address. No attempt should be made to make such
3819an address into a valid address and no routine (such as
3820@code{change_address}) that will do so may be called. Note that
3821@code{general_operand} will fail when applied to such an address.
3822
3823@findex reload_in_progress
3824The global variable @code{reload_in_progress} (which must be explicitly
3825declared if required) can be used to determine whether such special
3826handling is required.
3827
3828The variety of operands that have reloads depends on the rest of the
3829machine description, but typically on a RISC machine these can only be
3830pseudo registers that did not get hard registers, while on other
3831machines explicit memory references will get optional reloads.
3832
3833If a scratch register is required to move an object to or from memory,
f1db3576
JL
3834it can be allocated using @code{gen_reg_rtx} prior to life analysis.
3835
9c34dbbf 3836If there are cases which need scratch registers during or after reload,
8a99f6f9 3837you must provide an appropriate secondary_reload target hook.
03dda8e3 3838
ef4375b2
KZ
3839@findex can_create_pseudo_p
3840The macro @code{can_create_pseudo_p} can be used to determine if it
f1db3576
JL
3841is unsafe to create new pseudo registers. If this variable is nonzero, then
3842it is unsafe to call @code{gen_reg_rtx} to allocate a new pseudo.
3843
956d6950 3844The constraints on a @samp{mov@var{m}} must permit moving any hard
03dda8e3
RK
3845register to any other hard register provided that
3846@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} permits mode @var{m} in both registers and
de8f4b07
AS
3847@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their classes returns a value
3848of 2.
03dda8e3 3849
956d6950 3850It is obligatory to support floating point @samp{mov@var{m}}
03dda8e3
RK
3851instructions into and out of any registers that can hold fixed point
3852values, because unions and structures (which have modes @code{SImode} or
3853@code{DImode}) can be in those registers and they may have floating
3854point members.
3855
956d6950 3856There may also be a need to support fixed point @samp{mov@var{m}}
03dda8e3
RK
3857instructions in and out of floating point registers. Unfortunately, I
3858have forgotten why this was so, and I don't know whether it is still
3859true. If @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} rejects fixed point values in
3860floating point registers, then the constraints of the fixed point
956d6950 3861@samp{mov@var{m}} instructions must be designed to avoid ever trying to
03dda8e3
RK
3862reload into a floating point register.
3863
3864@cindex @code{reload_in} instruction pattern
3865@cindex @code{reload_out} instruction pattern
3866@item @samp{reload_in@var{m}}
3867@itemx @samp{reload_out@var{m}}
8a99f6f9
R
3868These named patterns have been obsoleted by the target hook
3869@code{secondary_reload}.
3870
03dda8e3
RK
3871Like @samp{mov@var{m}}, but used when a scratch register is required to
3872move between operand 0 and operand 1. Operand 2 describes the scratch
3873register. See the discussion of the @code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS}
3874macro in @pxref{Register Classes}.
3875
d989f648 3876There are special restrictions on the form of the @code{match_operand}s
f282ffb3 3877used in these patterns. First, only the predicate for the reload
560dbedd
RH
3878operand is examined, i.e., @code{reload_in} examines operand 1, but not
3879the predicates for operand 0 or 2. Second, there may be only one
d989f648
RH
3880alternative in the constraints. Third, only a single register class
3881letter may be used for the constraint; subsequent constraint letters
3882are ignored. As a special exception, an empty constraint string
3883matches the @code{ALL_REGS} register class. This may relieve ports
3884of the burden of defining an @code{ALL_REGS} constraint letter just
3885for these patterns.
3886
03dda8e3
RK
3887@cindex @code{movstrict@var{m}} instruction pattern
3888@item @samp{movstrict@var{m}}
3889Like @samp{mov@var{m}} except that if operand 0 is a @code{subreg}
3890with mode @var{m} of a register whose natural mode is wider,
3891the @samp{movstrict@var{m}} instruction is guaranteed not to alter
3892any of the register except the part which belongs to mode @var{m}.
3893
1e0598e2
RH
3894@cindex @code{movmisalign@var{m}} instruction pattern
3895@item @samp{movmisalign@var{m}}
3896This variant of a move pattern is designed to load or store a value
3897from a memory address that is not naturally aligned for its mode.
3898For a store, the memory will be in operand 0; for a load, the memory
3899will be in operand 1. The other operand is guaranteed not to be a
3900memory, so that it's easy to tell whether this is a load or store.
3901
3902This pattern is used by the autovectorizer, and when expanding a
3903@code{MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF} expression.
3904
03dda8e3
RK
3905@cindex @code{load_multiple} instruction pattern
3906@item @samp{load_multiple}
3907Load several consecutive memory locations into consecutive registers.
3908Operand 0 is the first of the consecutive registers, operand 1
3909is the first memory location, and operand 2 is a constant: the
3910number of consecutive registers.
3911
3912Define this only if the target machine really has such an instruction;
3913do not define this if the most efficient way of loading consecutive
3914registers from memory is to do them one at a time.
3915
3916On some machines, there are restrictions as to which consecutive
3917registers can be stored into memory, such as particular starting or
3918ending register numbers or only a range of valid counts. For those
3919machines, use a @code{define_expand} (@pxref{Expander Definitions})
3920and make the pattern fail if the restrictions are not met.
3921
3922Write the generated insn as a @code{parallel} with elements being a
3923@code{set} of one register from the appropriate memory location (you may
3924also need @code{use} or @code{clobber} elements). Use a
3925@code{match_parallel} (@pxref{RTL Template}) to recognize the insn. See
c9693e96 3926@file{rs6000.md} for examples of the use of this insn pattern.
03dda8e3
RK
3927
3928@cindex @samp{store_multiple} instruction pattern
3929@item @samp{store_multiple}
3930Similar to @samp{load_multiple}, but store several consecutive registers
3931into consecutive memory locations. Operand 0 is the first of the
3932consecutive memory locations, operand 1 is the first register, and
3933operand 2 is a constant: the number of consecutive registers.
3934
272c6793
RS
3935@cindex @code{vec_load_lanes@var{m}@var{n}} instruction pattern
3936@item @samp{vec_load_lanes@var{m}@var{n}}
3937Perform an interleaved load of several vectors from memory operand 1
3938into register operand 0. Both operands have mode @var{m}. The register
3939operand is viewed as holding consecutive vectors of mode @var{n},
3940while the memory operand is a flat array that contains the same number
3941of elements. The operation is equivalent to:
3942
3943@smallexample
3944int c = GET_MODE_SIZE (@var{m}) / GET_MODE_SIZE (@var{n});
3945for (j = 0; j < GET_MODE_NUNITS (@var{n}); j++)
3946 for (i = 0; i < c; i++)
3947 operand0[i][j] = operand1[j * c + i];
3948@end smallexample
3949
3950For example, @samp{vec_load_lanestiv4hi} loads 8 16-bit values
3951from memory into a register of mode @samp{TI}@. The register
3952contains two consecutive vectors of mode @samp{V4HI}@.
3953
3954This pattern can only be used if:
3955@smallexample
3956TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P (@var{n}, @var{c})
3957@end smallexample
3958is true. GCC assumes that, if a target supports this kind of
3959instruction for some mode @var{n}, it also supports unaligned
3960loads for vectors of mode @var{n}.
3961
3962@cindex @code{vec_store_lanes@var{m}@var{n}} instruction pattern
3963@item @samp{vec_store_lanes@var{m}@var{n}}
3964Equivalent to @samp{vec_load_lanes@var{m}@var{n}}, with the memory
3965and register operands reversed. That is, the instruction is
3966equivalent to:
3967
3968@smallexample
3969int c = GET_MODE_SIZE (@var{m}) / GET_MODE_SIZE (@var{n});
3970for (j = 0; j < GET_MODE_NUNITS (@var{n}); j++)
3971 for (i = 0; i < c; i++)
3972 operand0[j * c + i] = operand1[i][j];
3973@end smallexample
3974
3975for a memory operand 0 and register operand 1.
3976
ef1140a9
JH
3977@cindex @code{vec_set@var{m}} instruction pattern
3978@item @samp{vec_set@var{m}}
3979Set given field in the vector value. Operand 0 is the vector to modify,
3980operand 1 is new value of field and operand 2 specify the field index.
3981
3982@cindex @code{vec_extract@var{m}} instruction pattern
3983@item @samp{vec_extract@var{m}}
3984Extract given field from the vector value. Operand 1 is the vector, operand 2
3985specify field index and operand 0 place to store value into.
3986
98b44b0e
IR
3987@cindex @code{vec_extract_even@var{m}} instruction pattern
3988@item @samp{vec_extract_even@var{m}}
ff2ce160 3989Extract even elements from the input vectors (operand 1 and operand 2).
98b44b0e 3990The even elements of operand 2 are concatenated to the even elements of operand
ff2ce160
MS
39911 in their original order. The result is stored in operand 0.
3992The output and input vectors should have the same modes.
98b44b0e
IR
3993
3994@cindex @code{vec_extract_odd@var{m}} instruction pattern
3995@item @samp{vec_extract_odd@var{m}}
ff2ce160
MS
3996Extract odd elements from the input vectors (operand 1 and operand 2).
3997The odd elements of operand 2 are concatenated to the odd elements of operand
98b44b0e
IR
39981 in their original order. The result is stored in operand 0.
3999The output and input vectors should have the same modes.
4000
4001@cindex @code{vec_interleave_high@var{m}} instruction pattern
4002@item @samp{vec_interleave_high@var{m}}
4003Merge high elements of the two input vectors into the output vector. The output
4004and input vectors should have the same modes (@code{N} elements). The high
4005@code{N/2} elements of the first input vector are interleaved with the high
4006@code{N/2} elements of the second input vector.
4007
4008@cindex @code{vec_interleave_low@var{m}} instruction pattern
4009@item @samp{vec_interleave_low@var{m}}
4010Merge low elements of the two input vectors into the output vector. The output
4011and input vectors should have the same modes (@code{N} elements). The low
ff2ce160 4012@code{N/2} elements of the first input vector are interleaved with the low
98b44b0e
IR
4013@code{N/2} elements of the second input vector.
4014
ef1140a9
JH
4015@cindex @code{vec_init@var{m}} instruction pattern
4016@item @samp{vec_init@var{m}}
425a2bde 4017Initialize the vector to given values. Operand 0 is the vector to initialize
ef1140a9
JH
4018and operand 1 is parallel containing values for individual fields.
4019
e9e1d143
RG
4020@cindex @code{vcond@var{m}@var{n}} instruction pattern
4021@item @samp{vcond@var{m}@var{n}}
4022Output a conditional vector move. Operand 0 is the destination to
4023receive a combination of operand 1 and operand 2, which are of mode @var{m},
4024dependent on the outcome of the predicate in operand 3 which is a
4025vector comparison with operands of mode @var{n} in operands 4 and 5. The
4026modes @var{m} and @var{n} should have the same size. Operand 0
4027will be set to the value @var{op1} & @var{msk} | @var{op2} & ~@var{msk}
4028where @var{msk} is computed by element-wise evaluation of the vector
4029comparison with a truth value of all-ones and a false value of all-zeros.
4030
2205ed25
RH
4031@cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern
4032@item @samp{vec_perm@var{m}}
4033Output a (variable) vector permutation. Operand 0 is the destination
4034to receive elements from operand 1 and operand 2, which are of mode
4035@var{m}. Operand 3 is the @dfn{selector}. It is an integral mode
4036vector of the same width and number of elements as mode @var{m}.
4037
4038The input elements are numbered from 0 in operand 1 through
4039@math{2*@var{N}-1} in operand 2. The elements of the selector must
4040be computed modulo @math{2*@var{N}}. Note that if
4041@code{rtx_equal_p(operand1, operand2)}, this can be implemented
4042with just operand 1 and selector elements modulo @var{N}.
4043
d7943c8b
RH
4044In order to make things easy for a number of targets, if there is no
4045@samp{vec_perm} pattern for mode @var{m}, but there is for mode @var{q}
4046where @var{q} is a vector of @code{QImode} of the same width as @var{m},
4047the middle-end will lower the mode @var{m} @code{VEC_PERM_EXPR} to
4048mode @var{q}.
4049
82675d94 4050@cindex @code{vec_perm_const@var{m}} instruction pattern
2205ed25
RH
4051@item @samp{vec_perm_const@var{m}}
4052Like @samp{vec_perm} except that the permutation is a compile-time
4053constant. That is, operand 3, the @dfn{selector}, is a @code{CONST_VECTOR}.
4054
4055Some targets cannot perform a permutation with a variable selector,
4056but can efficiently perform a constant permutation. Further, the
4057target hook @code{vec_perm_ok} is queried to determine if the
4058specific constant permutation is available efficiently; the named
4059pattern is never expanded without @code{vec_perm_ok} returning true.
4060
4061There is no need for a target to supply both @samp{vec_perm@var{m}}
4062and @samp{vec_perm_const@var{m}} if the former can trivially implement
4063the operation with, say, the vector constant loaded into a register.
4064
759915ca
EC
4065@cindex @code{push@var{m}1} instruction pattern
4066@item @samp{push@var{m}1}
299c5111 4067Output a push instruction. Operand 0 is value to push. Used only when
38f4324c
JH
4068@code{PUSH_ROUNDING} is defined. For historical reason, this pattern may be
4069missing and in such case an @code{mov} expander is used instead, with a
6e9aac46 4070@code{MEM} expression forming the push operation. The @code{mov} expander
38f4324c
JH
4071method is deprecated.
4072
03dda8e3
RK
4073@cindex @code{add@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4074@item @samp{add@var{m}3}
4075Add operand 2 and operand 1, storing the result in operand 0. All operands
4076must have mode @var{m}. This can be used even on two-address machines, by
4077means of constraints requiring operands 1 and 0 to be the same location.
4078
0f996086
CF
4079@cindex @code{ssadd@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4080@cindex @code{usadd@var{m}3} instruction pattern
03dda8e3 4081@cindex @code{sub@var{m}3} instruction pattern
0f996086
CF
4082@cindex @code{sssub@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4083@cindex @code{ussub@var{m}3} instruction pattern
03dda8e3 4084@cindex @code{mul@var{m}3} instruction pattern
0f996086
CF
4085@cindex @code{ssmul@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4086@cindex @code{usmul@var{m}3} instruction pattern
03dda8e3 4087@cindex @code{div@var{m}3} instruction pattern
0f996086 4088@cindex @code{ssdiv@var{m}3} instruction pattern
03dda8e3 4089@cindex @code{udiv@var{m}3} instruction pattern
0f996086 4090@cindex @code{usdiv@var{m}3} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4091@cindex @code{mod@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4092@cindex @code{umod@var{m}3} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4093@cindex @code{umin@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4094@cindex @code{umax@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4095@cindex @code{and@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4096@cindex @code{ior@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4097@cindex @code{xor@var{m}3} instruction pattern
0f996086
CF
4098@item @samp{ssadd@var{m}3}, @samp{usadd@var{m}3}
4099@item @samp{sub@var{m}3}, @samp{sssub@var{m}3}, @samp{ussub@var{m}3}
4100@item @samp{mul@var{m}3}, @samp{ssmul@var{m}3}, @samp{usmul@var{m}3}
4101@itemx @samp{div@var{m}3}, @samp{ssdiv@var{m}3}
4102@itemx @samp{udiv@var{m}3}, @samp{usdiv@var{m}3}
7ae4d8d4
RH
4103@itemx @samp{mod@var{m}3}, @samp{umod@var{m}3}
4104@itemx @samp{umin@var{m}3}, @samp{umax@var{m}3}
03dda8e3
RK
4105@itemx @samp{and@var{m}3}, @samp{ior@var{m}3}, @samp{xor@var{m}3}
4106Similar, for other arithmetic operations.
7ae4d8d4 4107
1b1562a5
MM
4108@cindex @code{fma@var{m}4} instruction pattern
4109@item @samp{fma@var{m}4}
4110Multiply operand 2 and operand 1, then add operand 3, storing the
4111result in operand 0. All operands must have mode @var{m}. This
4112pattern is used to implement the @code{fma}, @code{fmaf}, and
4113@code{fmal} builtin functions from the ISO C99 standard. The
4114@code{fma} operation may produce different results than doing the
4115multiply followed by the add if the machine does not perform a
4116rounding step between the operations.
4117
16949072
RG
4118@cindex @code{fms@var{m}4} instruction pattern
4119@item @samp{fms@var{m}4}
4120Like @code{fma@var{m}4}, except operand 3 subtracted from the
4121product instead of added to the product. This is represented
4122in the rtl as
4123
4124@smallexample
4125(fma:@var{m} @var{op1} @var{op2} (neg:@var{m} @var{op3}))
4126@end smallexample
4127
4128@cindex @code{fnma@var{m}4} instruction pattern
4129@item @samp{fnma@var{m}4}
4130Like @code{fma@var{m}4} except that the intermediate product
4131is negated before being added to operand 3. This is represented
4132in the rtl as
4133
4134@smallexample
4135(fma:@var{m} (neg:@var{m} @var{op1}) @var{op2} @var{op3})
4136@end smallexample
4137
4138@cindex @code{fnms@var{m}4} instruction pattern
4139@item @samp{fnms@var{m}4}
4140Like @code{fms@var{m}4} except that the intermediate product
4141is negated before subtracting operand 3. This is represented
4142in the rtl as
4143
4144@smallexample
4145(fma:@var{m} (neg:@var{m} @var{op1}) @var{op2} (neg:@var{m} @var{op3}))
4146@end smallexample
4147
b71b019a
JH
4148@cindex @code{min@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4149@cindex @code{max@var{m}3} instruction pattern
7ae4d8d4
RH
4150@item @samp{smin@var{m}3}, @samp{smax@var{m}3}
4151Signed minimum and maximum operations. When used with floating point,
4152if both operands are zeros, or if either operand is @code{NaN}, then
4153it is unspecified which of the two operands is returned as the result.
03dda8e3 4154
61abee65
DN
4155@cindex @code{reduc_smin_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4156@cindex @code{reduc_smax_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4157@item @samp{reduc_smin_@var{m}}, @samp{reduc_smax_@var{m}}
4158Find the signed minimum/maximum of the elements of a vector. The vector is
759915ca
EC
4159operand 1, and the scalar result is stored in the least significant bits of
4160operand 0 (also a vector). The output and input vector should have the same
61abee65
DN
4161modes.
4162
4163@cindex @code{reduc_umin_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4164@cindex @code{reduc_umax_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4165@item @samp{reduc_umin_@var{m}}, @samp{reduc_umax_@var{m}}
4166Find the unsigned minimum/maximum of the elements of a vector. The vector is
759915ca
EC
4167operand 1, and the scalar result is stored in the least significant bits of
4168operand 0 (also a vector). The output and input vector should have the same
61abee65
DN
4169modes.
4170
4171@cindex @code{reduc_splus_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4172@item @samp{reduc_splus_@var{m}}
759915ca
EC
4173Compute the sum of the signed elements of a vector. The vector is operand 1,
4174and the scalar result is stored in the least significant bits of operand 0
61abee65
DN
4175(also a vector). The output and input vector should have the same modes.
4176
4177@cindex @code{reduc_uplus_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4178@item @samp{reduc_uplus_@var{m}}
759915ca
EC
4179Compute the sum of the unsigned elements of a vector. The vector is operand 1,
4180and the scalar result is stored in the least significant bits of operand 0
61abee65
DN
4181(also a vector). The output and input vector should have the same modes.
4182
20f06221
DN
4183@cindex @code{sdot_prod@var{m}} instruction pattern
4184@item @samp{sdot_prod@var{m}}
4185@cindex @code{udot_prod@var{m}} instruction pattern
4186@item @samp{udot_prod@var{m}}
ff2ce160
MS
4187Compute the sum of the products of two signed/unsigned elements.
4188Operand 1 and operand 2 are of the same mode. Their product, which is of a
4189wider mode, is computed and added to operand 3. Operand 3 is of a mode equal or
20f06221 4190wider than the mode of the product. The result is placed in operand 0, which
ff2ce160 4191is of the same mode as operand 3.
20f06221
DN
4192
4193@cindex @code{ssum_widen@var{m3}} instruction pattern
4194@item @samp{ssum_widen@var{m3}}
4195@cindex @code{usum_widen@var{m3}} instruction pattern
4196@item @samp{usum_widen@var{m3}}
ff2ce160 4197Operands 0 and 2 are of the same mode, which is wider than the mode of
20f06221
DN
4198operand 1. Add operand 1 to operand 2 and place the widened result in
4199operand 0. (This is used express accumulation of elements into an accumulator
4200of a wider mode.)
4201
61abee65
DN
4202@cindex @code{vec_shl_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4203@cindex @code{vec_shr_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4204@item @samp{vec_shl_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_shr_@var{m}}
4205Whole vector left/right shift in bits.
4206Operand 1 is a vector to be shifted.
759915ca 4207Operand 2 is an integer shift amount in bits.
61abee65
DN
4208Operand 0 is where the resulting shifted vector is stored.
4209The output and input vectors should have the same modes.
4210
8115817b
UB
4211@cindex @code{vec_pack_trunc_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4212@item @samp{vec_pack_trunc_@var{m}}
4213Narrow (demote) and merge the elements of two vectors. Operands 1 and 2
4214are vectors of the same mode having N integral or floating point elements
0ee2ea09 4215of size S@. Operand 0 is the resulting vector in which 2*N elements of
8115817b
UB
4216size N/2 are concatenated after narrowing them down using truncation.
4217
89d67cca
DN
4218@cindex @code{vec_pack_ssat_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4219@cindex @code{vec_pack_usat_@var{m}} instruction pattern
8115817b
UB
4220@item @samp{vec_pack_ssat_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_pack_usat_@var{m}}
4221Narrow (demote) and merge the elements of two vectors. Operands 1 and 2
4222are vectors of the same mode having N integral elements of size S.
89d67cca 4223Operand 0 is the resulting vector in which the elements of the two input
8115817b
UB
4224vectors are concatenated after narrowing them down using signed/unsigned
4225saturating arithmetic.
89d67cca 4226
d9987fb4
UB
4227@cindex @code{vec_pack_sfix_trunc_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4228@cindex @code{vec_pack_ufix_trunc_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4229@item @samp{vec_pack_sfix_trunc_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_pack_ufix_trunc_@var{m}}
4230Narrow, convert to signed/unsigned integral type and merge the elements
4231of two vectors. Operands 1 and 2 are vectors of the same mode having N
0ee2ea09 4232floating point elements of size S@. Operand 0 is the resulting vector
d9987fb4
UB
4233in which 2*N elements of size N/2 are concatenated.
4234
89d67cca
DN
4235@cindex @code{vec_unpacks_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4236@cindex @code{vec_unpacks_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
8115817b
UB
4237@item @samp{vec_unpacks_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_unpacks_lo_@var{m}}
4238Extract and widen (promote) the high/low part of a vector of signed
4239integral or floating point elements. The input vector (operand 1) has N
0ee2ea09 4240elements of size S@. Widen (promote) the high/low elements of the vector
8115817b
UB
4241using signed or floating point extension and place the resulting N/2
4242values of size 2*S in the output vector (operand 0).
4243
89d67cca
DN
4244@cindex @code{vec_unpacku_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4245@cindex @code{vec_unpacku_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
8115817b
UB
4246@item @samp{vec_unpacku_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_unpacku_lo_@var{m}}
4247Extract and widen (promote) the high/low part of a vector of unsigned
4248integral elements. The input vector (operand 1) has N elements of size S.
4249Widen (promote) the high/low elements of the vector using zero extension and
4250place the resulting N/2 values of size 2*S in the output vector (operand 0).
89d67cca 4251
d9987fb4
UB
4252@cindex @code{vec_unpacks_float_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4253@cindex @code{vec_unpacks_float_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4254@cindex @code{vec_unpacku_float_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4255@cindex @code{vec_unpacku_float_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4256@item @samp{vec_unpacks_float_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_unpacks_float_lo_@var{m}}
4257@itemx @samp{vec_unpacku_float_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_unpacku_float_lo_@var{m}}
4258Extract, convert to floating point type and widen the high/low part of a
4259vector of signed/unsigned integral elements. The input vector (operand 1)
0ee2ea09 4260has N elements of size S@. Convert the high/low elements of the vector using
d9987fb4
UB
4261floating point conversion and place the resulting N/2 values of size 2*S in
4262the output vector (operand 0).
4263
89d67cca
DN
4264@cindex @code{vec_widen_umult_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4265@cindex @code{vec_widen_umult_lo__@var{m}} instruction pattern
4266@cindex @code{vec_widen_smult_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
4267@cindex @code{vec_widen_smult_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
d9987fb4
UB
4268@item @samp{vec_widen_umult_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_widen_umult_lo_@var{m}}
4269@itemx @samp{vec_widen_smult_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_widen_smult_lo_@var{m}}
8115817b 4270Signed/Unsigned widening multiplication. The two inputs (operands 1 and 2)
0ee2ea09 4271are vectors with N signed/unsigned elements of size S@. Multiply the high/low
8115817b
UB
4272elements of the two vectors, and put the N/2 products of size 2*S in the
4273output vector (operand 0).
89d67cca 4274
03dda8e3
RK
4275@cindex @code{mulhisi3} instruction pattern
4276@item @samp{mulhisi3}
4277Multiply operands 1 and 2, which have mode @code{HImode}, and store
4278a @code{SImode} product in operand 0.
4279
4280@cindex @code{mulqihi3} instruction pattern
4281@cindex @code{mulsidi3} instruction pattern
4282@item @samp{mulqihi3}, @samp{mulsidi3}
4283Similar widening-multiplication instructions of other widths.
4284
4285@cindex @code{umulqihi3} instruction pattern
4286@cindex @code{umulhisi3} instruction pattern
4287@cindex @code{umulsidi3} instruction pattern
4288@item @samp{umulqihi3}, @samp{umulhisi3}, @samp{umulsidi3}
4289Similar widening-multiplication instructions that do unsigned
4290multiplication.
4291
8b44057d
BS
4292@cindex @code{usmulqihi3} instruction pattern
4293@cindex @code{usmulhisi3} instruction pattern
4294@cindex @code{usmulsidi3} instruction pattern
4295@item @samp{usmulqihi3}, @samp{usmulhisi3}, @samp{usmulsidi3}
4296Similar widening-multiplication instructions that interpret the first
4297operand as unsigned and the second operand as signed, then do a signed
4298multiplication.
4299
03dda8e3 4300@cindex @code{smul@var{m}3_highpart} instruction pattern
759c58af 4301@item @samp{smul@var{m}3_highpart}
03dda8e3
RK
4302Perform a signed multiplication of operands 1 and 2, which have mode
4303@var{m}, and store the most significant half of the product in operand 0.
4304The least significant half of the product is discarded.
4305
4306@cindex @code{umul@var{m}3_highpart} instruction pattern
4307@item @samp{umul@var{m}3_highpart}
4308Similar, but the multiplication is unsigned.
4309
7f9844ca
RS
4310@cindex @code{madd@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
4311@item @samp{madd@var{m}@var{n}4}
4312Multiply operands 1 and 2, sign-extend them to mode @var{n}, add
4313operand 3, and store the result in operand 0. Operands 1 and 2
4314have mode @var{m} and operands 0 and 3 have mode @var{n}.
0f996086 4315Both modes must be integer or fixed-point modes and @var{n} must be twice
7f9844ca
RS
4316the size of @var{m}.
4317
4318In other words, @code{madd@var{m}@var{n}4} is like
4319@code{mul@var{m}@var{n}3} except that it also adds operand 3.
4320
4321These instructions are not allowed to @code{FAIL}.
4322
4323@cindex @code{umadd@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
4324@item @samp{umadd@var{m}@var{n}4}
4325Like @code{madd@var{m}@var{n}4}, but zero-extend the multiplication
4326operands instead of sign-extending them.
4327
0f996086
CF
4328@cindex @code{ssmadd@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
4329@item @samp{ssmadd@var{m}@var{n}4}
4330Like @code{madd@var{m}@var{n}4}, but all involved operations must be
4331signed-saturating.
4332
4333@cindex @code{usmadd@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
4334@item @samp{usmadd@var{m}@var{n}4}
4335Like @code{umadd@var{m}@var{n}4}, but all involved operations must be
4336unsigned-saturating.
4337
14661f36
CF
4338@cindex @code{msub@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
4339@item @samp{msub@var{m}@var{n}4}
4340Multiply operands 1 and 2, sign-extend them to mode @var{n}, subtract the
4341result from operand 3, and store the result in operand 0. Operands 1 and 2
4342have mode @var{m} and operands 0 and 3 have mode @var{n}.
0f996086 4343Both modes must be integer or fixed-point modes and @var{n} must be twice
14661f36
CF
4344the size of @var{m}.
4345
4346In other words, @code{msub@var{m}@var{n}4} is like
4347@code{mul@var{m}@var{n}3} except that it also subtracts the result
4348from operand 3.
4349
4350These instructions are not allowed to @code{FAIL}.
4351
4352@cindex @code{umsub@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
4353@item @samp{umsub@var{m}@var{n}4}
4354Like @code{msub@var{m}@var{n}4}, but zero-extend the multiplication
4355operands instead of sign-extending them.
4356
0f996086
CF
4357@cindex @code{ssmsub@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
4358@item @samp{ssmsub@var{m}@var{n}4}
4359Like @code{msub@var{m}@var{n}4}, but all involved operations must be
4360signed-saturating.
4361
4362@cindex @code{usmsub@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
4363@item @samp{usmsub@var{m}@var{n}4}
4364Like @code{umsub@var{m}@var{n}4}, but all involved operations must be
4365unsigned-saturating.
4366
03dda8e3
RK
4367@cindex @code{divmod@var{m}4} instruction pattern
4368@item @samp{divmod@var{m}4}
4369Signed division that produces both a quotient and a remainder.
4370Operand 1 is divided by operand 2 to produce a quotient stored
4371in operand 0 and a remainder stored in operand 3.
4372
4373For machines with an instruction that produces both a quotient and a
4374remainder, provide a pattern for @samp{divmod@var{m}4} but do not
4375provide patterns for @samp{div@var{m}3} and @samp{mod@var{m}3}. This
4376allows optimization in the relatively common case when both the quotient
4377and remainder are computed.
4378
4379If an instruction that just produces a quotient or just a remainder
4380exists and is more efficient than the instruction that produces both,
4381write the output routine of @samp{divmod@var{m}4} to call
4382@code{find_reg_note} and look for a @code{REG_UNUSED} note on the
4383quotient or remainder and generate the appropriate instruction.
4384
4385@cindex @code{udivmod@var{m}4} instruction pattern
4386@item @samp{udivmod@var{m}4}
4387Similar, but does unsigned division.
4388
273a2526 4389@anchor{shift patterns}
03dda8e3 4390@cindex @code{ashl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
0f996086
CF
4391@cindex @code{ssashl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4392@cindex @code{usashl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4393@item @samp{ashl@var{m}3}, @samp{ssashl@var{m}3}, @samp{usashl@var{m}3}
03dda8e3
RK
4394Arithmetic-shift operand 1 left by a number of bits specified by operand
43952, and store the result in operand 0. Here @var{m} is the mode of
4396operand 0 and operand 1; operand 2's mode is specified by the
4397instruction pattern, and the compiler will convert the operand to that
273a2526
RS
4398mode before generating the instruction. The meaning of out-of-range shift
4399counts can optionally be specified by @code{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}.
71d46ca5 4400@xref{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}. Operand 2 is always a scalar type.
03dda8e3
RK
4401
4402@cindex @code{ashr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4403@cindex @code{lshr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4404@cindex @code{rotl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4405@cindex @code{rotr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4406@item @samp{ashr@var{m}3}, @samp{lshr@var{m}3}, @samp{rotl@var{m}3}, @samp{rotr@var{m}3}
4407Other shift and rotate instructions, analogous to the
71d46ca5
MM
4408@code{ashl@var{m}3} instructions. Operand 2 is always a scalar type.
4409
4410@cindex @code{vashl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4411@cindex @code{vashr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4412@cindex @code{vlshr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4413@cindex @code{vrotl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4414@cindex @code{vrotr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4415@item @samp{vashl@var{m}3}, @samp{vashr@var{m}3}, @samp{vlshr@var{m}3}, @samp{vrotl@var{m}3}, @samp{vrotr@var{m}3}
4416Vector shift and rotate instructions that take vectors as operand 2
4417instead of a scalar type.
03dda8e3
RK
4418
4419@cindex @code{neg@var{m}2} instruction pattern
0f996086
CF
4420@cindex @code{ssneg@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4421@cindex @code{usneg@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4422@item @samp{neg@var{m}2}, @samp{ssneg@var{m}2}, @samp{usneg@var{m}2}
03dda8e3
RK
4423Negate operand 1 and store the result in operand 0.
4424
4425@cindex @code{abs@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4426@item @samp{abs@var{m}2}
4427Store the absolute value of operand 1 into operand 0.
4428
4429@cindex @code{sqrt@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4430@item @samp{sqrt@var{m}2}
4431Store the square root of operand 1 into operand 0.
4432
4433The @code{sqrt} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
e7b489c8
RS
4434corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{sqrtf}
4435built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4436type @code{float}.
4437
17b98269
UB
4438@cindex @code{fmod@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4439@item @samp{fmod@var{m}3}
4440Store the remainder of dividing operand 1 by operand 2 into
4441operand 0, rounded towards zero to an integer.
4442
4443The @code{fmod} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4444corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{fmodf}
4445built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4446type @code{float}.
4447
4448@cindex @code{remainder@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4449@item @samp{remainder@var{m}3}
4450Store the remainder of dividing operand 1 by operand 2 into
4451operand 0, rounded to the nearest integer.
4452
4453The @code{remainder} built-in function of C always uses the mode
4454which corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the
4455@code{remainderf} built-in function uses the mode which corresponds
4456to the C data type @code{float}.
4457
e7b489c8
RS
4458@cindex @code{cos@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4459@item @samp{cos@var{m}2}
4460Store the cosine of operand 1 into operand 0.
4461
4462The @code{cos} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4463corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{cosf}
4464built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4465type @code{float}.
4466
4467@cindex @code{sin@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4468@item @samp{sin@var{m}2}
4469Store the sine of operand 1 into operand 0.
4470
4471The @code{sin} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4472corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{sinf}
4473built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4474type @code{float}.
4475
4476@cindex @code{exp@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4477@item @samp{exp@var{m}2}
4478Store the exponential of operand 1 into operand 0.
4479
4480The @code{exp} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4481corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{expf}
4482built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4483type @code{float}.
4484
4485@cindex @code{log@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4486@item @samp{log@var{m}2}
4487Store the natural logarithm of operand 1 into operand 0.
4488
4489The @code{log} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4490corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{logf}
4491built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4492type @code{float}.
03dda8e3 4493
b5e01d4b
RS
4494@cindex @code{pow@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4495@item @samp{pow@var{m}3}
4496Store the value of operand 1 raised to the exponent operand 2
4497into operand 0.
4498
4499The @code{pow} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4500corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{powf}
4501built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4502type @code{float}.
4503
4504@cindex @code{atan2@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4505@item @samp{atan2@var{m}3}
4506Store the arc tangent (inverse tangent) of operand 1 divided by
4507operand 2 into operand 0, using the signs of both arguments to
4508determine the quadrant of the result.
4509
4510The @code{atan2} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4511corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{atan2f}
4512built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4513type @code{float}.
4514
4977bab6
ZW
4515@cindex @code{floor@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4516@item @samp{floor@var{m}2}
4517Store the largest integral value not greater than argument.
4518
4519The @code{floor} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4520corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{floorf}
4521built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4522type @code{float}.
4523
10553f10
UB
4524@cindex @code{btrunc@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4525@item @samp{btrunc@var{m}2}
4977bab6
ZW
4526Store the argument rounded to integer towards zero.
4527
4528The @code{trunc} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4529corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{truncf}
4530built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4531type @code{float}.
4532
4533@cindex @code{round@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4534@item @samp{round@var{m}2}
4535Store the argument rounded to integer away from zero.
4536
4537The @code{round} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4538corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{roundf}
4539built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4540type @code{float}.
4541
4542@cindex @code{ceil@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4543@item @samp{ceil@var{m}2}
4544Store the argument rounded to integer away from zero.
4545
4546The @code{ceil} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4547corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{ceilf}
4548built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4549type @code{float}.
4550
4551@cindex @code{nearbyint@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4552@item @samp{nearbyint@var{m}2}
4553Store the argument rounded according to the default rounding mode
4554
4555The @code{nearbyint} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4556corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{nearbyintf}
4557built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4558type @code{float}.
4559
10553f10
UB
4560@cindex @code{rint@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4561@item @samp{rint@var{m}2}
4562Store the argument rounded according to the default rounding mode and
4563raise the inexact exception when the result differs in value from
4564the argument
4565
4566The @code{rint} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4567corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{rintf}
4568built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4569type @code{float}.
4570
bb7f0423
RG
4571@cindex @code{lrint@var{m}@var{n}2}
4572@item @samp{lrint@var{m}@var{n}2}
4573Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
4574point mode @var{n} as a signed number according to the current
4575rounding mode and store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}).
4576
4d81bf84 4577@cindex @code{lround@var{m}@var{n}2}
e0d4c0b3 4578@item @samp{lround@var{m}@var{n}2}
4d81bf84
RG
4579Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
4580point mode @var{n} as a signed number rounding to nearest and away
4581from zero and store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}).
4582
c3a4177f 4583@cindex @code{lfloor@var{m}@var{n}2}
e0d4c0b3 4584@item @samp{lfloor@var{m}@var{n}2}
c3a4177f
RG
4585Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
4586point mode @var{n} as a signed number rounding down and store in
4587operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}).
4588
4589@cindex @code{lceil@var{m}@var{n}2}
e0d4c0b3 4590@item @samp{lceil@var{m}@var{n}2}
c3a4177f
RG
4591Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
4592point mode @var{n} as a signed number rounding up and store in
4593operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}).
4594
d35a40fc
DE
4595@cindex @code{copysign@var{m}3} instruction pattern
4596@item @samp{copysign@var{m}3}
4597Store a value with the magnitude of operand 1 and the sign of operand
45982 into operand 0.
4599
4600The @code{copysign} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4601corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{copysignf}
4602built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
4603type @code{float}.
4604
03dda8e3
RK
4605@cindex @code{ffs@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4606@item @samp{ffs@var{m}2}
4607Store into operand 0 one plus the index of the least significant 1-bit
4608of operand 1. If operand 1 is zero, store zero. @var{m} is the mode
4609of operand 0; operand 1's mode is specified by the instruction
4610pattern, and the compiler will convert the operand to that mode before
4611generating the instruction.
4612
4613The @code{ffs} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
4614corresponds to the C data type @code{int}.
4615
2928cd7a
RH
4616@cindex @code{clz@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4617@item @samp{clz@var{m}2}
4618Store into operand 0 the number of leading 0-bits in @var{x}, starting
2a6627c2
JN
4619at the most significant bit position. If @var{x} is 0, the
4620@code{CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO} (@pxref{Misc}) macro defines if
4621the result is undefined or has a useful value.
4622@var{m} is the mode of operand 0; operand 1's mode is
2928cd7a
RH
4623specified by the instruction pattern, and the compiler will convert the
4624operand to that mode before generating the instruction.
4625
4626@cindex @code{ctz@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4627@item @samp{ctz@var{m}2}
4628Store into operand 0 the number of trailing 0-bits in @var{x}, starting
2a6627c2
JN
4629at the least significant bit position. If @var{x} is 0, the
4630@code{CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO} (@pxref{Misc}) macro defines if
4631the result is undefined or has a useful value.
4632@var{m} is the mode of operand 0; operand 1's mode is
2928cd7a
RH
4633specified by the instruction pattern, and the compiler will convert the
4634operand to that mode before generating the instruction.
4635
4636@cindex @code{popcount@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4637@item @samp{popcount@var{m}2}
4638Store into operand 0 the number of 1-bits in @var{x}. @var{m} is the
4639mode of operand 0; operand 1's mode is specified by the instruction
4640pattern, and the compiler will convert the operand to that mode before
4641generating the instruction.
4642
4643@cindex @code{parity@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4644@item @samp{parity@var{m}2}
8a36672b 4645Store into operand 0 the parity of @var{x}, i.e.@: the number of 1-bits
2928cd7a
RH
4646in @var{x} modulo 2. @var{m} is the mode of operand 0; operand 1's mode
4647is specified by the instruction pattern, and the compiler will convert
4648the operand to that mode before generating the instruction.
4649
03dda8e3
RK
4650@cindex @code{one_cmpl@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4651@item @samp{one_cmpl@var{m}2}
4652Store the bitwise-complement of operand 1 into operand 0.
4653
70128ad9
AO
4654@cindex @code{movmem@var{m}} instruction pattern
4655@item @samp{movmem@var{m}}
beed8fc0
AO
4656Block move instruction. The destination and source blocks of memory
4657are the first two operands, and both are @code{mem:BLK}s with an
4658address in mode @code{Pmode}.
e5e809f4 4659
03dda8e3 4660The number of bytes to move is the third operand, in mode @var{m}.
e5e809f4
JL
4661Usually, you specify @code{word_mode} for @var{m}. However, if you can
4662generate better code knowing the range of valid lengths is smaller than
4663those representable in a full word, you should provide a pattern with a
4664mode corresponding to the range of values you can handle efficiently
4665(e.g., @code{QImode} for values in the range 0--127; note we avoid numbers
4666that appear negative) and also a pattern with @code{word_mode}.
03dda8e3
RK
4667
4668The fourth operand is the known shared alignment of the source and
4669destination, in the form of a @code{const_int} rtx. Thus, if the
4670compiler knows that both source and destination are word-aligned,
4671it may provide the value 4 for this operand.
4672
079a182e
JH
4673Optional operands 5 and 6 specify expected alignment and size of block
4674respectively. The expected alignment differs from alignment in operand 4
4675in a way that the blocks are not required to be aligned according to it in
9946ca2d
RA
4676all cases. This expected alignment is also in bytes, just like operand 4.
4677Expected size, when unknown, is set to @code{(const_int -1)}.
079a182e 4678
70128ad9 4679Descriptions of multiple @code{movmem@var{m}} patterns can only be
4693911f 4680beneficial if the patterns for smaller modes have fewer restrictions
8c01d9b6 4681on their first, second and fourth operands. Note that the mode @var{m}
70128ad9 4682in @code{movmem@var{m}} does not impose any restriction on the mode of
8c01d9b6
JL
4683individually moved data units in the block.
4684
03dda8e3
RK
4685These patterns need not give special consideration to the possibility
4686that the source and destination strings might overlap.
4687
beed8fc0
AO
4688@cindex @code{movstr} instruction pattern
4689@item @samp{movstr}
4690String copy instruction, with @code{stpcpy} semantics. Operand 0 is
4691an output operand in mode @code{Pmode}. The addresses of the
4692destination and source strings are operands 1 and 2, and both are
4693@code{mem:BLK}s with addresses in mode @code{Pmode}. The execution of
4694the expansion of this pattern should store in operand 0 the address in
4695which the @code{NUL} terminator was stored in the destination string.
4696
57e84f18
AS
4697@cindex @code{setmem@var{m}} instruction pattern
4698@item @samp{setmem@var{m}}
4699Block set instruction. The destination string is the first operand,
beed8fc0 4700given as a @code{mem:BLK} whose address is in mode @code{Pmode}. The
57e84f18
AS
4701number of bytes to set is the second operand, in mode @var{m}. The value to
4702initialize the memory with is the third operand. Targets that only support the
4703clearing of memory should reject any value that is not the constant 0. See
beed8fc0 4704@samp{movmem@var{m}} for a discussion of the choice of mode.
03dda8e3 4705
57e84f18 4706The fourth operand is the known alignment of the destination, in the form
03dda8e3
RK
4707of a @code{const_int} rtx. Thus, if the compiler knows that the
4708destination is word-aligned, it may provide the value 4 for this
4709operand.
4710
079a182e
JH
4711Optional operands 5 and 6 specify expected alignment and size of block
4712respectively. The expected alignment differs from alignment in operand 4
4713in a way that the blocks are not required to be aligned according to it in
9946ca2d
RA
4714all cases. This expected alignment is also in bytes, just like operand 4.
4715Expected size, when unknown, is set to @code{(const_int -1)}.
079a182e 4716
57e84f18 4717The use for multiple @code{setmem@var{m}} is as for @code{movmem@var{m}}.
8c01d9b6 4718
40c1d5f8
AS
4719@cindex @code{cmpstrn@var{m}} instruction pattern
4720@item @samp{cmpstrn@var{m}}
358b8f01 4721String compare instruction, with five operands. Operand 0 is the output;
03dda8e3 4722it has mode @var{m}. The remaining four operands are like the operands
70128ad9 4723of @samp{movmem@var{m}}. The two memory blocks specified are compared
5cc2f4f3
KG
4724byte by byte in lexicographic order starting at the beginning of each
4725string. The instruction is not allowed to prefetch more than one byte
4726at a time since either string may end in the first byte and reading past
4727that may access an invalid page or segment and cause a fault. The
9b0f6f5e
NC
4728comparison terminates early if the fetched bytes are different or if
4729they are equal to zero. The effect of the instruction is to store a
4730value in operand 0 whose sign indicates the result of the comparison.
03dda8e3 4731
40c1d5f8
AS
4732@cindex @code{cmpstr@var{m}} instruction pattern
4733@item @samp{cmpstr@var{m}}
4734String compare instruction, without known maximum length. Operand 0 is the
4735output; it has mode @var{m}. The second and third operand are the blocks of
4736memory to be compared; both are @code{mem:BLK} with an address in mode
4737@code{Pmode}.
4738
4739The fourth operand is the known shared alignment of the source and
4740destination, in the form of a @code{const_int} rtx. Thus, if the
4741compiler knows that both source and destination are word-aligned,
4742it may provide the value 4 for this operand.
4743
4744The two memory blocks specified are compared byte by byte in lexicographic
4745order starting at the beginning of each string. The instruction is not allowed
4746to prefetch more than one byte at a time since either string may end in the
4747first byte and reading past that may access an invalid page or segment and
9b0f6f5e
NC
4748cause a fault. The comparison will terminate when the fetched bytes
4749are different or if they are equal to zero. The effect of the
4750instruction is to store a value in operand 0 whose sign indicates the
4751result of the comparison.
40c1d5f8 4752
358b8f01
JJ
4753@cindex @code{cmpmem@var{m}} instruction pattern
4754@item @samp{cmpmem@var{m}}
4755Block compare instruction, with five operands like the operands
4756of @samp{cmpstr@var{m}}. The two memory blocks specified are compared
4757byte by byte in lexicographic order starting at the beginning of each
4758block. Unlike @samp{cmpstr@var{m}} the instruction can prefetch
9b0f6f5e
NC
4759any bytes in the two memory blocks. Also unlike @samp{cmpstr@var{m}}
4760the comparison will not stop if both bytes are zero. The effect of
4761the instruction is to store a value in operand 0 whose sign indicates
4762the result of the comparison.
358b8f01 4763
03dda8e3
RK
4764@cindex @code{strlen@var{m}} instruction pattern
4765@item @samp{strlen@var{m}}
4766Compute the length of a string, with three operands.
4767Operand 0 is the result (of mode @var{m}), operand 1 is
4768a @code{mem} referring to the first character of the string,
4769operand 2 is the character to search for (normally zero),
4770and operand 3 is a constant describing the known alignment
4771of the beginning of the string.
4772
e0d4c0b3 4773@cindex @code{float@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4774@item @samp{float@var{m}@var{n}2}
4775Convert signed integer operand 1 (valid for fixed point mode @var{m}) to
4776floating point mode @var{n} and store in operand 0 (which has mode
4777@var{n}).
4778
e0d4c0b3 4779@cindex @code{floatuns@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4780@item @samp{floatuns@var{m}@var{n}2}
4781Convert unsigned integer operand 1 (valid for fixed point mode @var{m})
4782to floating point mode @var{n} and store in operand 0 (which has mode
4783@var{n}).
4784
e0d4c0b3 4785@cindex @code{fix@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4786@item @samp{fix@var{m}@var{n}2}
4787Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
4788point mode @var{n} as a signed number and store in operand 0 (which
4789has mode @var{n}). This instruction's result is defined only when
4790the value of operand 1 is an integer.
4791
0e1d7f32
AH
4792If the machine description defines this pattern, it also needs to
4793define the @code{ftrunc} pattern.
4794
e0d4c0b3 4795@cindex @code{fixuns@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4796@item @samp{fixuns@var{m}@var{n}2}
4797Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
4798point mode @var{n} as an unsigned number and store in operand 0 (which
4799has mode @var{n}). This instruction's result is defined only when the
4800value of operand 1 is an integer.
4801
4802@cindex @code{ftrunc@var{m}2} instruction pattern
4803@item @samp{ftrunc@var{m}2}
4804Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to an
4805integer value, still represented in floating point mode @var{m}, and
4806store it in operand 0 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}).
4807
e0d4c0b3 4808@cindex @code{fix_trunc@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4809@item @samp{fix_trunc@var{m}@var{n}2}
4810Like @samp{fix@var{m}@var{n}2} but works for any floating point value
4811of mode @var{m} by converting the value to an integer.
4812
e0d4c0b3 4813@cindex @code{fixuns_trunc@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4814@item @samp{fixuns_trunc@var{m}@var{n}2}
4815Like @samp{fixuns@var{m}@var{n}2} but works for any floating point
4816value of mode @var{m} by converting the value to an integer.
4817
e0d4c0b3 4818@cindex @code{trunc@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4819@item @samp{trunc@var{m}@var{n}2}
4820Truncate operand 1 (valid for mode @var{m}) to mode @var{n} and
4821store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Both modes must be fixed
4822point or both floating point.
4823
e0d4c0b3 4824@cindex @code{extend@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4825@item @samp{extend@var{m}@var{n}2}
4826Sign-extend operand 1 (valid for mode @var{m}) to mode @var{n} and
4827store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Both modes must be fixed
4828point or both floating point.
4829
e0d4c0b3 4830@cindex @code{zero_extend@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
03dda8e3
RK
4831@item @samp{zero_extend@var{m}@var{n}2}
4832Zero-extend operand 1 (valid for mode @var{m}) to mode @var{n} and
4833store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Both modes must be fixed
4834point.
4835
e0d4c0b3 4836@cindex @code{fract@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
0f996086
CF
4837@item @samp{fract@var{m}@var{n}2}
4838Convert operand 1 of mode @var{m} to mode @var{n} and store in
4839operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Mode @var{m} and mode @var{n}
4840could be fixed-point to fixed-point, signed integer to fixed-point,
4841fixed-point to signed integer, floating-point to fixed-point,
4842or fixed-point to floating-point.
4843When overflows or underflows happen, the results are undefined.
4844
e0d4c0b3 4845@cindex @code{satfract@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
0f996086
CF
4846@item @samp{satfract@var{m}@var{n}2}
4847Convert operand 1 of mode @var{m} to mode @var{n} and store in
4848operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Mode @var{m} and mode @var{n}
4849could be fixed-point to fixed-point, signed integer to fixed-point,
4850or floating-point to fixed-point.
4851When overflows or underflows happen, the instruction saturates the
4852results to the maximum or the minimum.
4853
e0d4c0b3 4854@cindex @code{fractuns@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
0f996086
CF
4855@item @samp{fractuns@var{m}@var{n}2}
4856Convert operand 1 of mode @var{m} to mode @var{n} and store in
4857operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Mode @var{m} and mode @var{n}
4858could be unsigned integer to fixed-point, or
4859fixed-point to unsigned integer.
4860When overflows or underflows happen, the results are undefined.
4861
e0d4c0b3 4862@cindex @code{satfractuns@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
0f996086
CF
4863@item @samp{satfractuns@var{m}@var{n}2}
4864Convert unsigned integer operand 1 of mode @var{m} to fixed-point mode
4865@var{n} and store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}).
4866When overflows or underflows happen, the instruction saturates the
4867results to the maximum or the minimum.
4868
03dda8e3
RK
4869@cindex @code{extv} instruction pattern
4870@item @samp{extv}
c771326b 4871Extract a bit-field from operand 1 (a register or memory operand), where
03dda8e3
RK
4872operand 2 specifies the width in bits and operand 3 the starting bit,
4873and store it in operand 0. Operand 0 must have mode @code{word_mode}.
4874Operand 1 may have mode @code{byte_mode} or @code{word_mode}; often
4875@code{word_mode} is allowed only for registers. Operands 2 and 3 must
4876be valid for @code{word_mode}.
4877
4878The RTL generation pass generates this instruction only with constants
3ab997e8 4879for operands 2 and 3 and the constant is never zero for operand 2.
03dda8e3
RK
4880
4881The bit-field value is sign-extended to a full word integer
4882before it is stored in operand 0.
4883
4884@cindex @code{extzv} instruction pattern
4885@item @samp{extzv}
4886Like @samp{extv} except that the bit-field value is zero-extended.
4887
4888@cindex @code{insv} instruction pattern
4889@item @samp{insv}
c771326b
JM
4890Store operand 3 (which must be valid for @code{word_mode}) into a
4891bit-field in operand 0, where operand 1 specifies the width in bits and
03dda8e3
RK
4892operand 2 the starting bit. Operand 0 may have mode @code{byte_mode} or
4893@code{word_mode}; often @code{word_mode} is allowed only for registers.
4894Operands 1 and 2 must be valid for @code{word_mode}.
4895
4896The RTL generation pass generates this instruction only with constants
3ab997e8 4897for operands 1 and 2 and the constant is never zero for operand 1.
03dda8e3
RK
4898
4899@cindex @code{mov@var{mode}cc} instruction pattern
4900@item @samp{mov@var{mode}cc}
4901Conditionally move operand 2 or operand 3 into operand 0 according to the
4902comparison in operand 1. If the comparison is true, operand 2 is moved
4903into operand 0, otherwise operand 3 is moved.
4904
4905The mode of the operands being compared need not be the same as the operands
4906being moved. Some machines, sparc64 for example, have instructions that
4907conditionally move an integer value based on the floating point condition
4908codes and vice versa.
4909
4910If the machine does not have conditional move instructions, do not
4911define these patterns.
4912
068f5dea 4913@cindex @code{add@var{mode}cc} instruction pattern
4b5cc2b3 4914@item @samp{add@var{mode}cc}
068f5dea
JH
4915Similar to @samp{mov@var{mode}cc} but for conditional addition. Conditionally
4916move operand 2 or (operands 2 + operand 3) into operand 0 according to the
4917comparison in operand 1. If the comparison is true, operand 2 is moved into
4b5cc2b3 4918operand 0, otherwise (operand 2 + operand 3) is moved.
068f5dea 4919
f90b7a5a
PB
4920@cindex @code{cstore@var{mode}4} instruction pattern
4921@item @samp{cstore@var{mode}4}
4922Store zero or nonzero in operand 0 according to whether a comparison
4923is true. Operand 1 is a comparison operator. Operand 2 and operand 3
4924are the first and second operand of the comparison, respectively.
4925You specify the mode that operand 0 must have when you write the
4926@code{match_operand} expression. The compiler automatically sees which
4927mode you have used and supplies an operand of that mode.
03dda8e3
RK
4928
4929The value stored for a true condition must have 1 as its low bit, or
4930else must be negative. Otherwise the instruction is not suitable and
4931you should omit it from the machine description. You describe to the
4932compiler exactly which value is stored by defining the macro
4933@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} (@pxref{Misc}). If a description cannot be
ac5eda13
PB
4934found that can be used for all the possible comparison operators, you
4935should pick one and use a @code{define_expand} to map all results
4936onto the one you chose.
4937
4938These operations may @code{FAIL}, but should do so only in relatively
4939uncommon cases; if they would @code{FAIL} for common cases involving
4940integer comparisons, it is best to restrict the predicates to not
4941allow these operands. Likewise if a given comparison operator will
4942always fail, independent of the operands (for floating-point modes, the
4943@code{ordered_comparison_operator} predicate is often useful in this case).
4944
4945If this pattern is omitted, the compiler will generate a conditional
4946branch---for example, it may copy a constant one to the target and branching
4947around an assignment of zero to the target---or a libcall. If the predicate
4948for operand 1 only rejects some operators, it will also try reordering the
4949operands and/or inverting the result value (e.g.@: by an exclusive OR).
4950These possibilities could be cheaper or equivalent to the instructions
4951used for the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern followed by those required
4952to convert a positive result from @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} to 1; in this
4953case, you can and should make operand 1's predicate reject some operators
4954in the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern, or remove the pattern altogether
4955from the machine description.
03dda8e3 4956
66c87bae
KH
4957@cindex @code{cbranch@var{mode}4} instruction pattern
4958@item @samp{cbranch@var{mode}4}
4959Conditional branch instruction combined with a compare instruction.
4960Operand 0 is a comparison operator. Operand 1 and operand 2 are the
4961first and second operands of the comparison, respectively. Operand 3
4962is a @code{label_ref} that refers to the label to jump to.
4963
d26eedb6
HPN
4964@cindex @code{jump} instruction pattern
4965@item @samp{jump}
4966A jump inside a function; an unconditional branch. Operand 0 is the
4967@code{label_ref} of the label to jump to. This pattern name is mandatory
4968on all machines.
4969
03dda8e3
RK
4970@cindex @code{call} instruction pattern
4971@item @samp{call}
4972Subroutine call instruction returning no value. Operand 0 is the
4973function to call; operand 1 is the number of bytes of arguments pushed
f5963e61
JL
4974as a @code{const_int}; operand 2 is the number of registers used as
4975operands.
03dda8e3
RK
4976
4977On most machines, operand 2 is not actually stored into the RTL
4978pattern. It is supplied for the sake of some RISC machines which need
4979to put this information into the assembler code; they can put it in
4980the RTL instead of operand 1.
4981
4982Operand 0 should be a @code{mem} RTX whose address is the address of the
4983function. Note, however, that this address can be a @code{symbol_ref}
4984expression even if it would not be a legitimate memory address on the
4985target machine. If it is also not a valid argument for a call
4986instruction, the pattern for this operation should be a
4987@code{define_expand} (@pxref{Expander Definitions}) that places the
4988address into a register and uses that register in the call instruction.
4989
4990@cindex @code{call_value} instruction pattern
4991@item @samp{call_value}
4992Subroutine call instruction returning a value. Operand 0 is the hard
4993register in which the value is returned. There are three more
4994operands, the same as the three operands of the @samp{call}
4995instruction (but with numbers increased by one).
4996
4997Subroutines that return @code{BLKmode} objects use the @samp{call}
4998insn.
4999
5000@cindex @code{call_pop} instruction pattern
5001@cindex @code{call_value_pop} instruction pattern
5002@item @samp{call_pop}, @samp{call_value_pop}
5003Similar to @samp{call} and @samp{call_value}, except used if defined and
df2a54e9 5004if @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is nonzero. They should emit a @code{parallel}
03dda8e3
RK
5005that contains both the function call and a @code{set} to indicate the
5006adjustment made to the frame pointer.
5007
df2a54e9 5008For machines where @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} can be nonzero, the use of these
03dda8e3
RK
5009patterns increases the number of functions for which the frame pointer
5010can be eliminated, if desired.
5011
5012@cindex @code{untyped_call} instruction pattern
5013@item @samp{untyped_call}
5014Subroutine call instruction returning a value of any type. Operand 0 is
5015the function to call; operand 1 is a memory location where the result of
5016calling the function is to be stored; operand 2 is a @code{parallel}
5017expression where each element is a @code{set} expression that indicates
5018the saving of a function return value into the result block.
5019
5020This instruction pattern should be defined to support
5021@code{__builtin_apply} on machines where special instructions are needed
5022to call a subroutine with arbitrary arguments or to save the value
5023returned. This instruction pattern is required on machines that have
e979f9e8
JM
5024multiple registers that can hold a return value
5025(i.e.@: @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} is true for more than one register).
03dda8e3
RK
5026
5027@cindex @code{return} instruction pattern
5028@item @samp{return}
5029Subroutine return instruction. This instruction pattern name should be
5030defined only if a single instruction can do all the work of returning
5031from a function.
5032
5033Like the @samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, this pattern is also used after the
5034RTL generation phase. In this case it is to support machines where
5035multiple instructions are usually needed to return from a function, but
5036some class of functions only requires one instruction to implement a
5037return. Normally, the applicable functions are those which do not need
5038to save any registers or allocate stack space.
5039
26898771
BS
5040It is valid for this pattern to expand to an instruction using
5041@code{simple_return} if no epilogue is required.
5042
5043@cindex @code{simple_return} instruction pattern
5044@item @samp{simple_return}
5045Subroutine return instruction. This instruction pattern name should be
5046defined only if a single instruction can do all the work of returning
5047from a function on a path where no epilogue is required. This pattern
5048is very similar to the @code{return} instruction pattern, but it is emitted
5049only by the shrink-wrapping optimization on paths where the function
5050prologue has not been executed, and a function return should occur without
5051any of the effects of the epilogue. Additional uses may be introduced on
5052paths where both the prologue and the epilogue have executed.
5053
03dda8e3
RK
5054@findex reload_completed
5055@findex leaf_function_p
5056For such machines, the condition specified in this pattern should only
df2a54e9 5057be true when @code{reload_completed} is nonzero and the function's
03dda8e3
RK
5058epilogue would only be a single instruction. For machines with register
5059windows, the routine @code{leaf_function_p} may be used to determine if
5060a register window push is required.
5061
5062Machines that have conditional return instructions should define patterns
5063such as
5064
5065@smallexample
5066(define_insn ""
5067 [(set (pc)
5068 (if_then_else (match_operator
5069 0 "comparison_operator"
5070 [(cc0) (const_int 0)])
5071 (return)
5072 (pc)))]
5073 "@var{condition}"
5074 "@dots{}")
5075@end smallexample
5076
5077where @var{condition} would normally be the same condition specified on the
5078named @samp{return} pattern.
5079
5080@cindex @code{untyped_return} instruction pattern
5081@item @samp{untyped_return}
5082Untyped subroutine return instruction. This instruction pattern should
5083be defined to support @code{__builtin_return} on machines where special
5084instructions are needed to return a value of any type.
5085
5086Operand 0 is a memory location where the result of calling a function
5087with @code{__builtin_apply} is stored; operand 1 is a @code{parallel}
5088expression where each element is a @code{set} expression that indicates
5089the restoring of a function return value from the result block.
5090
5091@cindex @code{nop} instruction pattern
5092@item @samp{nop}
5093No-op instruction. This instruction pattern name should always be defined
5094to output a no-op in assembler code. @code{(const_int 0)} will do as an
5095RTL pattern.
5096
5097@cindex @code{indirect_jump} instruction pattern
5098@item @samp{indirect_jump}
5099An instruction to jump to an address which is operand zero.
5100This pattern name is mandatory on all machines.
5101
5102@cindex @code{casesi} instruction pattern
5103@item @samp{casesi}
5104Instruction to jump through a dispatch table, including bounds checking.
5105This instruction takes five operands:
5106
5107@enumerate
5108@item
5109The index to dispatch on, which has mode @code{SImode}.
5110
5111@item
5112The lower bound for indices in the table, an integer constant.
5113
5114@item
5115The total range of indices in the table---the largest index
5116minus the smallest one (both inclusive).
5117
5118@item
5119A label that precedes the table itself.
5120
5121@item
5122A label to jump to if the index has a value outside the bounds.
03dda8e3
RK
5123@end enumerate
5124
e4ae5e77 5125The table is an @code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec} inside of a
03dda8e3
RK
5126@code{jump_insn}. The number of elements in the table is one plus the
5127difference between the upper bound and the lower bound.
5128
5129@cindex @code{tablejump} instruction pattern
5130@item @samp{tablejump}
5131Instruction to jump to a variable address. This is a low-level
5132capability which can be used to implement a dispatch table when there
5133is no @samp{casesi} pattern.
5134
5135This pattern requires two operands: the address or offset, and a label
5136which should immediately precede the jump table. If the macro
f1f5f142
JL
5137@code{CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE} evaluates to a nonzero value then the first
5138operand is an offset which counts from the address of the table; otherwise,
5139it is an absolute address to jump to. In either case, the first operand has
03dda8e3
RK
5140mode @code{Pmode}.
5141
5142The @samp{tablejump} insn is always the last insn before the jump
5143table it uses. Its assembler code normally has no need to use the
5144second operand, but you should incorporate it in the RTL pattern so
5145that the jump optimizer will not delete the table as unreachable code.
5146
6e4fcc95
MH
5147
5148@cindex @code{decrement_and_branch_until_zero} instruction pattern
5149@item @samp{decrement_and_branch_until_zero}
5150Conditional branch instruction that decrements a register and
df2a54e9 5151jumps if the register is nonzero. Operand 0 is the register to
6e4fcc95 5152decrement and test; operand 1 is the label to jump to if the
df2a54e9 5153register is nonzero. @xref{Looping Patterns}.
6e4fcc95
MH
5154
5155This optional instruction pattern is only used by the combiner,
5156typically for loops reversed by the loop optimizer when strength
5157reduction is enabled.
5158
5159@cindex @code{doloop_end} instruction pattern
5160@item @samp{doloop_end}
5161Conditional branch instruction that decrements a register and jumps if
df2a54e9 5162the register is nonzero. This instruction takes five operands: Operand
6e4fcc95
MH
51630 is the register to decrement and test; operand 1 is the number of loop
5164iterations as a @code{const_int} or @code{const0_rtx} if this cannot be
5165determined until run-time; operand 2 is the actual or estimated maximum
5166number of iterations as a @code{const_int}; operand 3 is the number of
5167enclosed loops as a @code{const_int} (an innermost loop has a value of
df2a54e9 51681); operand 4 is the label to jump to if the register is nonzero.
5c25e11d 5169@xref{Looping Patterns}.
6e4fcc95
MH
5170
5171This optional instruction pattern should be defined for machines with
5172low-overhead looping instructions as the loop optimizer will try to
5173modify suitable loops to utilize it. If nested low-overhead looping is
5174not supported, use a @code{define_expand} (@pxref{Expander Definitions})
5175and make the pattern fail if operand 3 is not @code{const1_rtx}.
5176Similarly, if the actual or estimated maximum number of iterations is
5177too large for this instruction, make it fail.
5178
5179@cindex @code{doloop_begin} instruction pattern
5180@item @samp{doloop_begin}
5181Companion instruction to @code{doloop_end} required for machines that
c21cd8b1
JM
5182need to perform some initialization, such as loading special registers
5183used by a low-overhead looping instruction. If initialization insns do
6e4fcc95
MH
5184not always need to be emitted, use a @code{define_expand}
5185(@pxref{Expander Definitions}) and make it fail.
5186
5187
03dda8e3
RK
5188@cindex @code{canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare} instruction pattern
5189@item @samp{canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare}
5190Canonicalize the function pointer in operand 1 and store the result
5191into operand 0.
5192
5193Operand 0 is always a @code{reg} and has mode @code{Pmode}; operand 1
5194may be a @code{reg}, @code{mem}, @code{symbol_ref}, @code{const_int}, etc
5195and also has mode @code{Pmode}.
5196
5197Canonicalization of a function pointer usually involves computing
5198the address of the function which would be called if the function
5199pointer were used in an indirect call.
5200
5201Only define this pattern if function pointers on the target machine
5202can have different values but still call the same function when
5203used in an indirect call.
5204
5205@cindex @code{save_stack_block} instruction pattern
5206@cindex @code{save_stack_function} instruction pattern
5207@cindex @code{save_stack_nonlocal} instruction pattern
5208@cindex @code{restore_stack_block} instruction pattern
5209@cindex @code{restore_stack_function} instruction pattern
5210@cindex @code{restore_stack_nonlocal} instruction pattern
5211@item @samp{save_stack_block}
5212@itemx @samp{save_stack_function}
5213@itemx @samp{save_stack_nonlocal}
5214@itemx @samp{restore_stack_block}
5215@itemx @samp{restore_stack_function}
5216@itemx @samp{restore_stack_nonlocal}
5217Most machines save and restore the stack pointer by copying it to or
5218from an object of mode @code{Pmode}. Do not define these patterns on
5219such machines.
5220
5221Some machines require special handling for stack pointer saves and
5222restores. On those machines, define the patterns corresponding to the
5223non-standard cases by using a @code{define_expand} (@pxref{Expander
5224Definitions}) that produces the required insns. The three types of
5225saves and restores are:
5226
5227@enumerate
5228@item
5229@samp{save_stack_block} saves the stack pointer at the start of a block
5230that allocates a variable-sized object, and @samp{restore_stack_block}
5231restores the stack pointer when the block is exited.
5232
5233@item
5234@samp{save_stack_function} and @samp{restore_stack_function} do a
5235similar job for the outermost block of a function and are used when the
5236function allocates variable-sized objects or calls @code{alloca}. Only
5237the epilogue uses the restored stack pointer, allowing a simpler save or
5238restore sequence on some machines.
5239
5240@item
5241@samp{save_stack_nonlocal} is used in functions that contain labels
5242branched to by nested functions. It saves the stack pointer in such a
5243way that the inner function can use @samp{restore_stack_nonlocal} to
5244restore the stack pointer. The compiler generates code to restore the
5245frame and argument pointer registers, but some machines require saving
5246and restoring additional data such as register window information or
5247stack backchains. Place insns in these patterns to save and restore any
5248such required data.
5249@end enumerate
5250
5251When saving the stack pointer, operand 0 is the save area and operand 1
73c8090f
DE
5252is the stack pointer. The mode used to allocate the save area defaults
5253to @code{Pmode} but you can override that choice by defining the
7e390c9d 5254@code{STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE} macro (@pxref{Storage Layout}). You must
73c8090f
DE
5255specify an integral mode, or @code{VOIDmode} if no save area is needed
5256for a particular type of save (either because no save is needed or
5257because a machine-specific save area can be used). Operand 0 is the
5258stack pointer and operand 1 is the save area for restore operations. If
5259@samp{save_stack_block} is defined, operand 0 must not be
5260@code{VOIDmode} since these saves can be arbitrarily nested.
03dda8e3
RK
5261
5262A save area is a @code{mem} that is at a constant offset from
5263@code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx} when the stack pointer is saved for use by
5264nonlocal gotos and a @code{reg} in the other two cases.
5265
5266@cindex @code{allocate_stack} instruction pattern
5267@item @samp{allocate_stack}
72938a4c 5268Subtract (or add if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is undefined) operand 1 from
03dda8e3
RK
5269the stack pointer to create space for dynamically allocated data.
5270
72938a4c
MM
5271Store the resultant pointer to this space into operand 0. If you
5272are allocating space from the main stack, do this by emitting a
5273move insn to copy @code{virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx} to operand 0.
5274If you are allocating the space elsewhere, generate code to copy the
5275location of the space to operand 0. In the latter case, you must
956d6950 5276ensure this space gets freed when the corresponding space on the main
72938a4c
MM
5277stack is free.
5278
03dda8e3
RK
5279Do not define this pattern if all that must be done is the subtraction.
5280Some machines require other operations such as stack probes or
5281maintaining the back chain. Define this pattern to emit those
5282operations in addition to updating the stack pointer.
5283
861bb6c1
JL
5284@cindex @code{check_stack} instruction pattern
5285@item @samp{check_stack}
507d0069
EB
5286If stack checking (@pxref{Stack Checking}) cannot be done on your system by
5287probing the stack, define this pattern to perform the needed check and signal
5288an error if the stack has overflowed. The single operand is the address in
5289the stack farthest from the current stack pointer that you need to validate.
5290Normally, on platforms where this pattern is needed, you would obtain the
5291stack limit from a global or thread-specific variable or register.
d809253a
EB
5292
5293@cindex @code{probe_stack} instruction pattern
5294@item @samp{probe_stack}
507d0069
EB
5295If stack checking (@pxref{Stack Checking}) can be done on your system by
5296probing the stack but doing it with a ``store zero'' instruction is not valid
5297or optimal, define this pattern to do the probing differently and signal an
5298error if the stack has overflowed. The single operand is the memory reference
5299in the stack that needs to be probed.
861bb6c1 5300
03dda8e3
RK
5301@cindex @code{nonlocal_goto} instruction pattern
5302@item @samp{nonlocal_goto}
5303Emit code to generate a non-local goto, e.g., a jump from one function
5304to a label in an outer function. This pattern has four arguments,
5305each representing a value to be used in the jump. The first
45bb86fd 5306argument is to be loaded into the frame pointer, the second is
03dda8e3
RK
5307the address to branch to (code to dispatch to the actual label),
5308the third is the address of a location where the stack is saved,
5309and the last is the address of the label, to be placed in the
5310location for the incoming static chain.
5311
f0523f02 5312On most machines you need not define this pattern, since GCC will
03dda8e3
RK
5313already generate the correct code, which is to load the frame pointer
5314and static chain, restore the stack (using the
5315@samp{restore_stack_nonlocal} pattern, if defined), and jump indirectly
5316to the dispatcher. You need only define this pattern if this code will
5317not work on your machine.
5318
5319@cindex @code{nonlocal_goto_receiver} instruction pattern
5320@item @samp{nonlocal_goto_receiver}
5321This pattern, if defined, contains code needed at the target of a
161d7b59 5322nonlocal goto after the code already generated by GCC@. You will not
03dda8e3
RK
5323normally need to define this pattern. A typical reason why you might
5324need this pattern is if some value, such as a pointer to a global table,
c30ddbc9 5325must be restored when the frame pointer is restored. Note that a nonlocal
89bcce1b 5326goto only occurs within a unit-of-translation, so a global table pointer
c30ddbc9
RH
5327that is shared by all functions of a given module need not be restored.
5328There are no arguments.
861bb6c1
JL
5329
5330@cindex @code{exception_receiver} instruction pattern
5331@item @samp{exception_receiver}
5332This pattern, if defined, contains code needed at the site of an
5333exception handler that isn't needed at the site of a nonlocal goto. You
5334will not normally need to define this pattern. A typical reason why you
5335might need this pattern is if some value, such as a pointer to a global
5336table, must be restored after control flow is branched to the handler of
5337an exception. There are no arguments.
c85f7c16 5338
c30ddbc9
RH
5339@cindex @code{builtin_setjmp_setup} instruction pattern
5340@item @samp{builtin_setjmp_setup}
5341This pattern, if defined, contains additional code needed to initialize
5342the @code{jmp_buf}. You will not normally need to define this pattern.
5343A typical reason why you might need this pattern is if some value, such
5344as a pointer to a global table, must be restored. Though it is
5345preferred that the pointer value be recalculated if possible (given the
5346address of a label for instance). The single argument is a pointer to
5347the @code{jmp_buf}. Note that the buffer is five words long and that
5348the first three are normally used by the generic mechanism.
5349
c85f7c16
JL
5350@cindex @code{builtin_setjmp_receiver} instruction pattern
5351@item @samp{builtin_setjmp_receiver}
e4ae5e77 5352This pattern, if defined, contains code needed at the site of a
c771326b 5353built-in setjmp that isn't needed at the site of a nonlocal goto. You
c85f7c16
JL
5354will not normally need to define this pattern. A typical reason why you
5355might need this pattern is if some value, such as a pointer to a global
c30ddbc9
RH
5356table, must be restored. It takes one argument, which is the label
5357to which builtin_longjmp transfered control; this pattern may be emitted
5358at a small offset from that label.
5359
5360@cindex @code{builtin_longjmp} instruction pattern
5361@item @samp{builtin_longjmp}
5362This pattern, if defined, performs the entire action of the longjmp.
5363You will not normally need to define this pattern unless you also define
5364@code{builtin_setjmp_setup}. The single argument is a pointer to the
5365@code{jmp_buf}.
f69864aa 5366
52a11cbf
RH
5367@cindex @code{eh_return} instruction pattern
5368@item @samp{eh_return}
f69864aa 5369This pattern, if defined, affects the way @code{__builtin_eh_return},
52a11cbf
RH
5370and thence the call frame exception handling library routines, are
5371built. It is intended to handle non-trivial actions needed along
5372the abnormal return path.
5373
34dc173c 5374The address of the exception handler to which the function should return
daf2f129 5375is passed as operand to this pattern. It will normally need to copied by
34dc173c
UW
5376the pattern to some special register or memory location.
5377If the pattern needs to determine the location of the target call
5378frame in order to do so, it may use @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX},
5379if defined; it will have already been assigned.
5380
5381If this pattern is not defined, the default action will be to simply
5382copy the return address to @code{EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX}. Either
5383that macro or this pattern needs to be defined if call frame exception
5384handling is to be used.
0b433de6
JL
5385
5386@cindex @code{prologue} instruction pattern
17b53c33 5387@anchor{prologue instruction pattern}
0b433de6
JL
5388@item @samp{prologue}
5389This pattern, if defined, emits RTL for entry to a function. The function
b192711e 5390entry is responsible for setting up the stack frame, initializing the frame
0b433de6
JL
5391pointer register, saving callee saved registers, etc.
5392
5393Using a prologue pattern is generally preferred over defining
17b53c33 5394@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} to emit assembly code for the prologue.
0b433de6
JL
5395
5396The @code{prologue} pattern is particularly useful for targets which perform
5397instruction scheduling.
5398
12c5ffe5
EB
5399@cindex @code{window_save} instruction pattern
5400@anchor{window_save instruction pattern}
5401@item @samp{window_save}
5402This pattern, if defined, emits RTL for a register window save. It should
5403be defined if the target machine has register windows but the window events
5404are decoupled from calls to subroutines. The canonical example is the SPARC
5405architecture.
5406
0b433de6 5407@cindex @code{epilogue} instruction pattern
17b53c33 5408@anchor{epilogue instruction pattern}
0b433de6 5409@item @samp{epilogue}
396ad517 5410This pattern emits RTL for exit from a function. The function
b192711e 5411exit is responsible for deallocating the stack frame, restoring callee saved
0b433de6
JL
5412registers and emitting the return instruction.
5413
5414Using an epilogue pattern is generally preferred over defining
17b53c33 5415@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to emit assembly code for the epilogue.
0b433de6
JL
5416
5417The @code{epilogue} pattern is particularly useful for targets which perform
5418instruction scheduling or which have delay slots for their return instruction.
5419
5420@cindex @code{sibcall_epilogue} instruction pattern
5421@item @samp{sibcall_epilogue}
5422This pattern, if defined, emits RTL for exit from a function without the final
5423branch back to the calling function. This pattern will be emitted before any
5424sibling call (aka tail call) sites.
5425
5426The @code{sibcall_epilogue} pattern must not clobber any arguments used for
5427parameter passing or any stack slots for arguments passed to the current
ebb48a4d 5428function.
a157febd
GK
5429
5430@cindex @code{trap} instruction pattern
5431@item @samp{trap}
5432This pattern, if defined, signals an error, typically by causing some
5433kind of signal to be raised. Among other places, it is used by the Java
c771326b 5434front end to signal `invalid array index' exceptions.
a157febd 5435
f90b7a5a
PB
5436@cindex @code{ctrap@var{MM}4} instruction pattern
5437@item @samp{ctrap@var{MM}4}
a157febd 5438Conditional trap instruction. Operand 0 is a piece of RTL which
f90b7a5a
PB
5439performs a comparison, and operands 1 and 2 are the arms of the
5440comparison. Operand 3 is the trap code, an integer.
a157febd 5441
f90b7a5a 5442A typical @code{ctrap} pattern looks like
a157febd
GK
5443
5444@smallexample
f90b7a5a 5445(define_insn "ctrapsi4"
ebb48a4d 5446 [(trap_if (match_operator 0 "trap_operator"
f90b7a5a 5447 [(match_operand 1 "register_operand")
73b8bfe1 5448 (match_operand 2 "immediate_operand")])
f90b7a5a 5449 (match_operand 3 "const_int_operand" "i"))]
a157febd
GK
5450 ""
5451 "@dots{}")
5452@end smallexample
5453
e83d297b
JJ
5454@cindex @code{prefetch} instruction pattern
5455@item @samp{prefetch}
5456
5457This pattern, if defined, emits code for a non-faulting data prefetch
5458instruction. Operand 0 is the address of the memory to prefetch. Operand 1
5459is a constant 1 if the prefetch is preparing for a write to the memory
5460address, or a constant 0 otherwise. Operand 2 is the expected degree of
5461temporal locality of the data and is a value between 0 and 3, inclusive; 0
5462means that the data has no temporal locality, so it need not be left in the
5463cache after the access; 3 means that the data has a high degree of temporal
5464locality and should be left in all levels of cache possible; 1 and 2 mean,
5465respectively, a low or moderate degree of temporal locality.
5466
5467Targets that do not support write prefetches or locality hints can ignore
5468the values of operands 1 and 2.
5469
b6bd3371
DE
5470@cindex @code{blockage} instruction pattern
5471@item @samp{blockage}
5472
5473This pattern defines a pseudo insn that prevents the instruction
5474scheduler from moving instructions across the boundary defined by the
5475blockage insn. Normally an UNSPEC_VOLATILE pattern.
5476
48ae6c13
RH
5477@cindex @code{memory_barrier} instruction pattern
5478@item @samp{memory_barrier}
5479
5480If the target memory model is not fully synchronous, then this pattern
5481should be defined to an instruction that orders both loads and stores
5482before the instruction with respect to loads and stores after the instruction.
5483This pattern has no operands.
5484
5485@cindex @code{sync_compare_and_swap@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5486@item @samp{sync_compare_and_swap@var{mode}}
5487
5488This pattern, if defined, emits code for an atomic compare-and-swap
5489operation. Operand 1 is the memory on which the atomic operation is
5490performed. Operand 2 is the ``old'' value to be compared against the
5491current contents of the memory location. Operand 3 is the ``new'' value
5492to store in the memory if the compare succeeds. Operand 0 is the result
915167f5
GK
5493of the operation; it should contain the contents of the memory
5494before the operation. If the compare succeeds, this should obviously be
5495a copy of operand 2.
48ae6c13
RH
5496
5497This pattern must show that both operand 0 and operand 1 are modified.
5498
915167f5
GK
5499This pattern must issue any memory barrier instructions such that all
5500memory operations before the atomic operation occur before the atomic
5501operation and all memory operations after the atomic operation occur
5502after the atomic operation.
48ae6c13 5503
4a77c72b 5504For targets where the success or failure of the compare-and-swap
f90b7a5a
PB
5505operation is available via the status flags, it is possible to
5506avoid a separate compare operation and issue the subsequent
5507branch or store-flag operation immediately after the compare-and-swap.
5508To this end, GCC will look for a @code{MODE_CC} set in the
5509output of @code{sync_compare_and_swap@var{mode}}; if the machine
5510description includes such a set, the target should also define special
5511@code{cbranchcc4} and/or @code{cstorecc4} instructions. GCC will then
5512be able to take the destination of the @code{MODE_CC} set and pass it
5513to the @code{cbranchcc4} or @code{cstorecc4} pattern as the first
5514operand of the comparison (the second will be @code{(const_int 0)}).
48ae6c13
RH
5515
5516@cindex @code{sync_add@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5517@cindex @code{sync_sub@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5518@cindex @code{sync_ior@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5519@cindex @code{sync_and@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5520@cindex @code{sync_xor@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5521@cindex @code{sync_nand@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5522@item @samp{sync_add@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_sub@var{mode}}
5523@itemx @samp{sync_ior@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_and@var{mode}}
5524@itemx @samp{sync_xor@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_nand@var{mode}}
5525
5526These patterns emit code for an atomic operation on memory.
5527Operand 0 is the memory on which the atomic operation is performed.
5528Operand 1 is the second operand to the binary operator.
5529
915167f5
GK
5530This pattern must issue any memory barrier instructions such that all
5531memory operations before the atomic operation occur before the atomic
5532operation and all memory operations after the atomic operation occur
5533after the atomic operation.
48ae6c13
RH
5534
5535If these patterns are not defined, the operation will be constructed
5536from a compare-and-swap operation, if defined.
5537
5538@cindex @code{sync_old_add@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5539@cindex @code{sync_old_sub@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5540@cindex @code{sync_old_ior@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5541@cindex @code{sync_old_and@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5542@cindex @code{sync_old_xor@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5543@cindex @code{sync_old_nand@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5544@item @samp{sync_old_add@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_old_sub@var{mode}}
5545@itemx @samp{sync_old_ior@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_old_and@var{mode}}
5546@itemx @samp{sync_old_xor@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_old_nand@var{mode}}
5547
5548These patterns are emit code for an atomic operation on memory,
5549and return the value that the memory contained before the operation.
5550Operand 0 is the result value, operand 1 is the memory on which the
5551atomic operation is performed, and operand 2 is the second operand
5552to the binary operator.
5553
915167f5
GK
5554This pattern must issue any memory barrier instructions such that all
5555memory operations before the atomic operation occur before the atomic
5556operation and all memory operations after the atomic operation occur
5557after the atomic operation.
48ae6c13
RH
5558
5559If these patterns are not defined, the operation will be constructed
5560from a compare-and-swap operation, if defined.
5561
5562@cindex @code{sync_new_add@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5563@cindex @code{sync_new_sub@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5564@cindex @code{sync_new_ior@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5565@cindex @code{sync_new_and@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5566@cindex @code{sync_new_xor@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5567@cindex @code{sync_new_nand@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5568@item @samp{sync_new_add@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_new_sub@var{mode}}
5569@itemx @samp{sync_new_ior@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_new_and@var{mode}}
5570@itemx @samp{sync_new_xor@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_new_nand@var{mode}}
5571
5572These patterns are like their @code{sync_old_@var{op}} counterparts,
5573except that they return the value that exists in the memory location
5574after the operation, rather than before the operation.
5575
5576@cindex @code{sync_lock_test_and_set@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5577@item @samp{sync_lock_test_and_set@var{mode}}
5578
5579This pattern takes two forms, based on the capabilities of the target.
5580In either case, operand 0 is the result of the operand, operand 1 is
5581the memory on which the atomic operation is performed, and operand 2
5582is the value to set in the lock.
5583
5584In the ideal case, this operation is an atomic exchange operation, in
5585which the previous value in memory operand is copied into the result
5586operand, and the value operand is stored in the memory operand.
5587
5588For less capable targets, any value operand that is not the constant 1
5589should be rejected with @code{FAIL}. In this case the target may use
5590an atomic test-and-set bit operation. The result operand should contain
55911 if the bit was previously set and 0 if the bit was previously clear.
5592The true contents of the memory operand are implementation defined.
5593
5594This pattern must issue any memory barrier instructions such that the
915167f5
GK
5595pattern as a whole acts as an acquire barrier, that is all memory
5596operations after the pattern do not occur until the lock is acquired.
48ae6c13
RH
5597
5598If this pattern is not defined, the operation will be constructed from
5599a compare-and-swap operation, if defined.
5600
5601@cindex @code{sync_lock_release@var{mode}} instruction pattern
5602@item @samp{sync_lock_release@var{mode}}
5603
5604This pattern, if defined, releases a lock set by
5605@code{sync_lock_test_and_set@var{mode}}. Operand 0 is the memory
8635a919
GK
5606that contains the lock; operand 1 is the value to store in the lock.
5607
5608If the target doesn't implement full semantics for
5609@code{sync_lock_test_and_set@var{mode}}, any value operand which is not
5610the constant 0 should be rejected with @code{FAIL}, and the true contents
5611of the memory operand are implementation defined.
48ae6c13
RH
5612
5613This pattern must issue any memory barrier instructions such that the
915167f5
GK
5614pattern as a whole acts as a release barrier, that is the lock is
5615released only after all previous memory operations have completed.
48ae6c13
RH
5616
5617If this pattern is not defined, then a @code{memory_barrier} pattern
8635a919 5618will be emitted, followed by a store of the value to the memory operand.
48ae6c13 5619
7d69de61
RH
5620@cindex @code{stack_protect_set} instruction pattern
5621@item @samp{stack_protect_set}
5622
643e867f 5623This pattern, if defined, moves a @code{ptr_mode} value from the memory
7d69de61
RH
5624in operand 1 to the memory in operand 0 without leaving the value in
5625a register afterward. This is to avoid leaking the value some place
759915ca 5626that an attacker might use to rewrite the stack guard slot after
7d69de61
RH
5627having clobbered it.
5628
5629If this pattern is not defined, then a plain move pattern is generated.
5630
5631@cindex @code{stack_protect_test} instruction pattern
5632@item @samp{stack_protect_test}
5633
643e867f 5634This pattern, if defined, compares a @code{ptr_mode} value from the
7d69de61 5635memory in operand 1 with the memory in operand 0 without leaving the
3aebbe5f
JJ
5636value in a register afterward and branches to operand 2 if the values
5637weren't equal.
7d69de61 5638
3aebbe5f
JJ
5639If this pattern is not defined, then a plain compare pattern and
5640conditional branch pattern is used.
7d69de61 5641
677feb77
DD
5642@cindex @code{clear_cache} instruction pattern
5643@item @samp{clear_cache}
5644
5645This pattern, if defined, flushes the instruction cache for a region of
5646memory. The region is bounded to by the Pmode pointers in operand 0
5647inclusive and operand 1 exclusive.
5648
5649If this pattern is not defined, a call to the library function
5650@code{__clear_cache} is used.
5651
03dda8e3
RK
5652@end table
5653
a5249a21
HPN
5654@end ifset
5655@c Each of the following nodes are wrapped in separate
5656@c "@ifset INTERNALS" to work around memory limits for the default
5657@c configuration in older tetex distributions. Known to not work:
5658@c tetex-1.0.7, known to work: tetex-2.0.2.
5659@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
5660@node Pattern Ordering
5661@section When the Order of Patterns Matters
5662@cindex Pattern Ordering
5663@cindex Ordering of Patterns
5664
5665Sometimes an insn can match more than one instruction pattern. Then the
5666pattern that appears first in the machine description is the one used.
5667Therefore, more specific patterns (patterns that will match fewer things)
5668and faster instructions (those that will produce better code when they
5669do match) should usually go first in the description.
5670
5671In some cases the effect of ordering the patterns can be used to hide
5672a pattern when it is not valid. For example, the 68000 has an
5673instruction for converting a fullword to floating point and another
5674for converting a byte to floating point. An instruction converting
5675an integer to floating point could match either one. We put the
5676pattern to convert the fullword first to make sure that one will
5677be used rather than the other. (Otherwise a large integer might
5678be generated as a single-byte immediate quantity, which would not work.)
5679Instead of using this pattern ordering it would be possible to make the
5680pattern for convert-a-byte smart enough to deal properly with any
5681constant value.
5682
a5249a21
HPN
5683@end ifset
5684@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
5685@node Dependent Patterns
5686@section Interdependence of Patterns
5687@cindex Dependent Patterns
5688@cindex Interdependence of Patterns
5689
03dda8e3
RK
5690In some cases machines support instructions identical except for the
5691machine mode of one or more operands. For example, there may be
5692``sign-extend halfword'' and ``sign-extend byte'' instructions whose
5693patterns are
5694
3ab51846 5695@smallexample
03dda8e3
RK
5696(set (match_operand:SI 0 @dots{})
5697 (extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 @dots{})))
5698
5699(set (match_operand:SI 0 @dots{})
5700 (extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 @dots{})))
3ab51846 5701@end smallexample
03dda8e3
RK
5702
5703@noindent
5704Constant integers do not specify a machine mode, so an instruction to
5705extend a constant value could match either pattern. The pattern it
5706actually will match is the one that appears first in the file. For correct
5707results, this must be the one for the widest possible mode (@code{HImode},
5708here). If the pattern matches the @code{QImode} instruction, the results
5709will be incorrect if the constant value does not actually fit that mode.
5710
5711Such instructions to extend constants are rarely generated because they are
5712optimized away, but they do occasionally happen in nonoptimized
5713compilations.
5714
5715If a constraint in a pattern allows a constant, the reload pass may
5716replace a register with a constant permitted by the constraint in some
5717cases. Similarly for memory references. Because of this substitution,
5718you should not provide separate patterns for increment and decrement
5719instructions. Instead, they should be generated from the same pattern
5720that supports register-register add insns by examining the operands and
5721generating the appropriate machine instruction.
5722
a5249a21
HPN
5723@end ifset
5724@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
5725@node Jump Patterns
5726@section Defining Jump Instruction Patterns
5727@cindex jump instruction patterns
5728@cindex defining jump instruction patterns
5729
f90b7a5a
PB
5730GCC does not assume anything about how the machine realizes jumps.
5731The machine description should define a single pattern, usually
5732a @code{define_expand}, which expands to all the required insns.
5733
5734Usually, this would be a comparison insn to set the condition code
5735and a separate branch insn testing the condition code and branching
5736or not according to its value. For many machines, however,
5737separating compares and branches is limiting, which is why the
5738more flexible approach with one @code{define_expand} is used in GCC.
5739The machine description becomes clearer for architectures that
5740have compare-and-branch instructions but no condition code. It also
5741works better when different sets of comparison operators are supported
5742by different kinds of conditional branches (e.g. integer vs. floating-point),
5743or by conditional branches with respect to conditional stores.
5744
5745Two separate insns are always used if the machine description represents
5746a condition code register using the legacy RTL expression @code{(cc0)},
5747and on most machines that use a separate condition code register
5748(@pxref{Condition Code}). For machines that use @code{(cc0)}, in
5749fact, the set and use of the condition code must be separate and
5750adjacent@footnote{@code{note} insns can separate them, though.}, thus
5751allowing flags in @code{cc_status} to be used (@pxref{Condition Code}) and
5752so that the comparison and branch insns could be located from each other
5753by using the functions @code{prev_cc0_setter} and @code{next_cc0_user}.
5754
5755Even in this case having a single entry point for conditional branches
5756is advantageous, because it handles equally well the case where a single
5757comparison instruction records the results of both signed and unsigned
5758comparison of the given operands (with the branch insns coming in distinct
5759signed and unsigned flavors) as in the x86 or SPARC, and the case where
5760there are distinct signed and unsigned compare instructions and only
5761one set of conditional branch instructions as in the PowerPC.
03dda8e3 5762
a5249a21
HPN
5763@end ifset
5764@ifset INTERNALS
6e4fcc95
MH
5765@node Looping Patterns
5766@section Defining Looping Instruction Patterns
5767@cindex looping instruction patterns
5768@cindex defining looping instruction patterns
5769
05713b80 5770Some machines have special jump instructions that can be utilized to
6e4fcc95
MH
5771make loops more efficient. A common example is the 68000 @samp{dbra}
5772instruction which performs a decrement of a register and a branch if the
5773result was greater than zero. Other machines, in particular digital
5774signal processors (DSPs), have special block repeat instructions to
5775provide low-overhead loop support. For example, the TI TMS320C3x/C4x
5776DSPs have a block repeat instruction that loads special registers to
5777mark the top and end of a loop and to count the number of loop
5778iterations. This avoids the need for fetching and executing a
c771326b 5779@samp{dbra}-like instruction and avoids pipeline stalls associated with
6e4fcc95
MH
5780the jump.
5781
9c34dbbf
ZW
5782GCC has three special named patterns to support low overhead looping.
5783They are @samp{decrement_and_branch_until_zero}, @samp{doloop_begin},
5784and @samp{doloop_end}. The first pattern,
6e4fcc95
MH
5785@samp{decrement_and_branch_until_zero}, is not emitted during RTL
5786generation but may be emitted during the instruction combination phase.
5787This requires the assistance of the loop optimizer, using information
5788collected during strength reduction, to reverse a loop to count down to
5789zero. Some targets also require the loop optimizer to add a
5790@code{REG_NONNEG} note to indicate that the iteration count is always
5791positive. This is needed if the target performs a signed loop
5792termination test. For example, the 68000 uses a pattern similar to the
5793following for its @code{dbra} instruction:
5794
5795@smallexample
5796@group
5797(define_insn "decrement_and_branch_until_zero"
5798 [(set (pc)
6ccde948
RW
5799 (if_then_else
5800 (ge (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "+d*am")
5801 (const_int -1))
5802 (const_int 0))
5803 (label_ref (match_operand 1 "" ""))
5804 (pc)))
6e4fcc95 5805 (set (match_dup 0)
6ccde948
RW
5806 (plus:SI (match_dup 0)
5807 (const_int -1)))]
6e4fcc95 5808 "find_reg_note (insn, REG_NONNEG, 0)"
630d3d5a 5809 "@dots{}")
6e4fcc95
MH
5810@end group
5811@end smallexample
5812
5813Note that since the insn is both a jump insn and has an output, it must
5814deal with its own reloads, hence the `m' constraints. Also note that
5815since this insn is generated by the instruction combination phase
5816combining two sequential insns together into an implicit parallel insn,
5817the iteration counter needs to be biased by the same amount as the
630d3d5a 5818decrement operation, in this case @minus{}1. Note that the following similar
6e4fcc95
MH
5819pattern will not be matched by the combiner.
5820
5821@smallexample
5822@group
5823(define_insn "decrement_and_branch_until_zero"
5824 [(set (pc)
6ccde948
RW
5825 (if_then_else
5826 (ge (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "+d*am")
5827 (const_int 1))
5828 (label_ref (match_operand 1 "" ""))
5829 (pc)))
6e4fcc95 5830 (set (match_dup 0)
6ccde948
RW
5831 (plus:SI (match_dup 0)
5832 (const_int -1)))]
6e4fcc95 5833 "find_reg_note (insn, REG_NONNEG, 0)"
630d3d5a 5834 "@dots{}")
6e4fcc95
MH
5835@end group
5836@end smallexample
5837
5838The other two special looping patterns, @samp{doloop_begin} and
c21cd8b1 5839@samp{doloop_end}, are emitted by the loop optimizer for certain
6e4fcc95 5840well-behaved loops with a finite number of loop iterations using
ebb48a4d 5841information collected during strength reduction.
6e4fcc95
MH
5842
5843The @samp{doloop_end} pattern describes the actual looping instruction
5844(or the implicit looping operation) and the @samp{doloop_begin} pattern
c21cd8b1 5845is an optional companion pattern that can be used for initialization
6e4fcc95
MH
5846needed for some low-overhead looping instructions.
5847
5848Note that some machines require the actual looping instruction to be
5849emitted at the top of the loop (e.g., the TMS320C3x/C4x DSPs). Emitting
5850the true RTL for a looping instruction at the top of the loop can cause
5851problems with flow analysis. So instead, a dummy @code{doloop} insn is
5852emitted at the end of the loop. The machine dependent reorg pass checks
5853for the presence of this @code{doloop} insn and then searches back to
5854the top of the loop, where it inserts the true looping insn (provided
5855there are no instructions in the loop which would cause problems). Any
5856additional labels can be emitted at this point. In addition, if the
5857desired special iteration counter register was not allocated, this
5858machine dependent reorg pass could emit a traditional compare and jump
5859instruction pair.
5860
5861The essential difference between the
5862@samp{decrement_and_branch_until_zero} and the @samp{doloop_end}
5863patterns is that the loop optimizer allocates an additional pseudo
5864register for the latter as an iteration counter. This pseudo register
5865cannot be used within the loop (i.e., general induction variables cannot
5866be derived from it), however, in many cases the loop induction variable
5867may become redundant and removed by the flow pass.
5868
5869
a5249a21
HPN
5870@end ifset
5871@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
5872@node Insn Canonicalizations
5873@section Canonicalization of Instructions
5874@cindex canonicalization of instructions
5875@cindex insn canonicalization
5876
5877There are often cases where multiple RTL expressions could represent an
5878operation performed by a single machine instruction. This situation is
5879most commonly encountered with logical, branch, and multiply-accumulate
5880instructions. In such cases, the compiler attempts to convert these
5881multiple RTL expressions into a single canonical form to reduce the
5882number of insn patterns required.
5883
5884In addition to algebraic simplifications, following canonicalizations
5885are performed:
5886
5887@itemize @bullet
5888@item
5889For commutative and comparison operators, a constant is always made the
5890second operand. If a machine only supports a constant as the second
5891operand, only patterns that match a constant in the second operand need
5892be supplied.
5893
e3d6e740
GK
5894@item
5895For associative operators, a sequence of operators will always chain
5896to the left; for instance, only the left operand of an integer @code{plus}
5897can itself be a @code{plus}. @code{and}, @code{ior}, @code{xor},
5898@code{plus}, @code{mult}, @code{smin}, @code{smax}, @code{umin}, and
5899@code{umax} are associative when applied to integers, and sometimes to
5900floating-point.
5901
5902@item
03dda8e3
RK
5903@cindex @code{neg}, canonicalization of
5904@cindex @code{not}, canonicalization of
5905@cindex @code{mult}, canonicalization of
5906@cindex @code{plus}, canonicalization of
5907@cindex @code{minus}, canonicalization of
5908For these operators, if only one operand is a @code{neg}, @code{not},
5909@code{mult}, @code{plus}, or @code{minus} expression, it will be the
5910first operand.
5911
16823694
GK
5912@item
5913In combinations of @code{neg}, @code{mult}, @code{plus}, and
5914@code{minus}, the @code{neg} operations (if any) will be moved inside
daf2f129 5915the operations as far as possible. For instance,
16823694 5916@code{(neg (mult A B))} is canonicalized as @code{(mult (neg A) B)}, but
9302a061 5917@code{(plus (mult (neg B) C) A)} is canonicalized as
16823694
GK
5918@code{(minus A (mult B C))}.
5919
03dda8e3
RK
5920@cindex @code{compare}, canonicalization of
5921@item
5922For the @code{compare} operator, a constant is always the second operand
f90b7a5a 5923if the first argument is a condition code register or @code{(cc0)}.
03dda8e3 5924
f90b7a5a 5925@item
03dda8e3
RK
5926An operand of @code{neg}, @code{not}, @code{mult}, @code{plus}, or
5927@code{minus} is made the first operand under the same conditions as
5928above.
5929
921c4418
RIL
5930@item
5931@code{(ltu (plus @var{a} @var{b}) @var{b})} is converted to
5932@code{(ltu (plus @var{a} @var{b}) @var{a})}. Likewise with @code{geu} instead
5933of @code{ltu}.
5934
03dda8e3
RK
5935@item
5936@code{(minus @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))} is converted to
5937@code{(plus @var{x} (const_int @var{-n}))}.
5938
5939@item
5940Within address computations (i.e., inside @code{mem}), a left shift is
5941converted into the appropriate multiplication by a power of two.
5942
5943@cindex @code{ior}, canonicalization of
5944@cindex @code{and}, canonicalization of
5945@cindex De Morgan's law
72938a4c 5946@item
090359d6 5947De Morgan's Law is used to move bitwise negation inside a bitwise
03dda8e3
RK
5948logical-and or logical-or operation. If this results in only one
5949operand being a @code{not} expression, it will be the first one.
5950
5951A machine that has an instruction that performs a bitwise logical-and of one
5952operand with the bitwise negation of the other should specify the pattern
5953for that instruction as
5954
3ab51846 5955@smallexample
03dda8e3
RK
5956(define_insn ""
5957 [(set (match_operand:@var{m} 0 @dots{})
5958 (and:@var{m} (not:@var{m} (match_operand:@var{m} 1 @dots{}))
5959 (match_operand:@var{m} 2 @dots{})))]
5960 "@dots{}"
5961 "@dots{}")
3ab51846 5962@end smallexample
03dda8e3
RK
5963
5964@noindent
5965Similarly, a pattern for a ``NAND'' instruction should be written
5966
3ab51846 5967@smallexample
03dda8e3
RK
5968(define_insn ""
5969 [(set (match_operand:@var{m} 0 @dots{})
5970 (ior:@var{m} (not:@var{m} (match_operand:@var{m} 1 @dots{}))
5971 (not:@var{m} (match_operand:@var{m} 2 @dots{}))))]
5972 "@dots{}"
5973 "@dots{}")
3ab51846 5974@end smallexample
03dda8e3
RK
5975
5976In both cases, it is not necessary to include patterns for the many
5977logically equivalent RTL expressions.
5978
5979@cindex @code{xor}, canonicalization of
5980@item
5981The only possible RTL expressions involving both bitwise exclusive-or
5982and bitwise negation are @code{(xor:@var{m} @var{x} @var{y})}
bd819a4a 5983and @code{(not:@var{m} (xor:@var{m} @var{x} @var{y}))}.
03dda8e3
RK
5984
5985@item
5986The sum of three items, one of which is a constant, will only appear in
5987the form
5988
3ab51846 5989@smallexample
03dda8e3 5990(plus:@var{m} (plus:@var{m} @var{x} @var{y}) @var{constant})
3ab51846 5991@end smallexample
03dda8e3 5992
03dda8e3
RK
5993@cindex @code{zero_extract}, canonicalization of
5994@cindex @code{sign_extract}, canonicalization of
5995@item
5996Equality comparisons of a group of bits (usually a single bit) with zero
5997will be written using @code{zero_extract} rather than the equivalent
5998@code{and} or @code{sign_extract} operations.
5999
c536876e
AS
6000@cindex @code{mult}, canonicalization of
6001@item
6002@code{(sign_extend:@var{m1} (mult:@var{m2} (sign_extend:@var{m2} @var{x})
6003(sign_extend:@var{m2} @var{y})))} is converted to @code{(mult:@var{m1}
6004(sign_extend:@var{m1} @var{x}) (sign_extend:@var{m1} @var{y}))}, and likewise
6005for @code{zero_extend}.
6006
6007@item
6008@code{(sign_extend:@var{m1} (mult:@var{m2} (ashiftrt:@var{m2}
6009@var{x} @var{s}) (sign_extend:@var{m2} @var{y})))} is converted
6010to @code{(mult:@var{m1} (sign_extend:@var{m1} (ashiftrt:@var{m2}
6011@var{x} @var{s})) (sign_extend:@var{m1} @var{y}))}, and likewise for
6012patterns using @code{zero_extend} and @code{lshiftrt}. If the second
6013operand of @code{mult} is also a shift, then that is extended also.
6014This transformation is only applied when it can be proven that the
6015original operation had sufficient precision to prevent overflow.
6016
03dda8e3
RK
6017@end itemize
6018
cd16503a
HPN
6019Further canonicalization rules are defined in the function
6020@code{commutative_operand_precedence} in @file{gcc/rtlanal.c}.
6021
a5249a21
HPN
6022@end ifset
6023@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
6024@node Expander Definitions
6025@section Defining RTL Sequences for Code Generation
6026@cindex expander definitions
6027@cindex code generation RTL sequences
6028@cindex defining RTL sequences for code generation
6029
6030On some target machines, some standard pattern names for RTL generation
6031cannot be handled with single insn, but a sequence of RTL insns can
6032represent them. For these target machines, you can write a
161d7b59 6033@code{define_expand} to specify how to generate the sequence of RTL@.
03dda8e3
RK
6034
6035@findex define_expand
6036A @code{define_expand} is an RTL expression that looks almost like a
6037@code{define_insn}; but, unlike the latter, a @code{define_expand} is used
6038only for RTL generation and it can produce more than one RTL insn.
6039
6040A @code{define_expand} RTX has four operands:
6041
6042@itemize @bullet
6043@item
6044The name. Each @code{define_expand} must have a name, since the only
6045use for it is to refer to it by name.
6046
03dda8e3 6047@item
f3a3d0d3
RH
6048The RTL template. This is a vector of RTL expressions representing
6049a sequence of separate instructions. Unlike @code{define_insn}, there
6050is no implicit surrounding @code{PARALLEL}.
03dda8e3
RK
6051
6052@item
6053The condition, a string containing a C expression. This expression is
6054used to express how the availability of this pattern depends on
f0523f02
JM
6055subclasses of target machine, selected by command-line options when GCC
6056is run. This is just like the condition of a @code{define_insn} that
03dda8e3
RK
6057has a standard name. Therefore, the condition (if present) may not
6058depend on the data in the insn being matched, but only the
6059target-machine-type flags. The compiler needs to test these conditions
6060during initialization in order to learn exactly which named instructions
6061are available in a particular run.
6062
6063@item
6064The preparation statements, a string containing zero or more C
6065statements which are to be executed before RTL code is generated from
6066the RTL template.
6067
6068Usually these statements prepare temporary registers for use as
6069internal operands in the RTL template, but they can also generate RTL
6070insns directly by calling routines such as @code{emit_insn}, etc.
6071Any such insns precede the ones that come from the RTL template.
6072@end itemize
6073
6074Every RTL insn emitted by a @code{define_expand} must match some
6075@code{define_insn} in the machine description. Otherwise, the compiler
6076will crash when trying to generate code for the insn or trying to optimize
6077it.
6078
6079The RTL template, in addition to controlling generation of RTL insns,
6080also describes the operands that need to be specified when this pattern
6081is used. In particular, it gives a predicate for each operand.
6082
6083A true operand, which needs to be specified in order to generate RTL from
6084the pattern, should be described with a @code{match_operand} in its first
6085occurrence in the RTL template. This enters information on the operand's
f0523f02 6086predicate into the tables that record such things. GCC uses the
03dda8e3
RK
6087information to preload the operand into a register if that is required for
6088valid RTL code. If the operand is referred to more than once, subsequent
6089references should use @code{match_dup}.
6090
6091The RTL template may also refer to internal ``operands'' which are
6092temporary registers or labels used only within the sequence made by the
6093@code{define_expand}. Internal operands are substituted into the RTL
6094template with @code{match_dup}, never with @code{match_operand}. The
6095values of the internal operands are not passed in as arguments by the
6096compiler when it requests use of this pattern. Instead, they are computed
6097within the pattern, in the preparation statements. These statements
6098compute the values and store them into the appropriate elements of
6099@code{operands} so that @code{match_dup} can find them.
6100
6101There are two special macros defined for use in the preparation statements:
6102@code{DONE} and @code{FAIL}. Use them with a following semicolon,
6103as a statement.
6104
6105@table @code
6106
6107@findex DONE
6108@item DONE
6109Use the @code{DONE} macro to end RTL generation for the pattern. The
6110only RTL insns resulting from the pattern on this occasion will be
6111those already emitted by explicit calls to @code{emit_insn} within the
6112preparation statements; the RTL template will not be generated.
6113
6114@findex FAIL
6115@item FAIL
6116Make the pattern fail on this occasion. When a pattern fails, it means
6117that the pattern was not truly available. The calling routines in the
6118compiler will try other strategies for code generation using other patterns.
6119
6120Failure is currently supported only for binary (addition, multiplication,
c771326b 6121shifting, etc.) and bit-field (@code{extv}, @code{extzv}, and @code{insv})
03dda8e3
RK
6122operations.
6123@end table
6124
55e4756f
DD
6125If the preparation falls through (invokes neither @code{DONE} nor
6126@code{FAIL}), then the @code{define_expand} acts like a
6127@code{define_insn} in that the RTL template is used to generate the
6128insn.
6129
6130The RTL template is not used for matching, only for generating the
6131initial insn list. If the preparation statement always invokes
6132@code{DONE} or @code{FAIL}, the RTL template may be reduced to a simple
6133list of operands, such as this example:
6134
6135@smallexample
6136@group
6137(define_expand "addsi3"
6138 [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
6139 (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
6140 (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")]
6141@end group
6142@group
6143 ""
6144 "
58097133 6145@{
55e4756f
DD
6146 handle_add (operands[0], operands[1], operands[2]);
6147 DONE;
58097133 6148@}")
55e4756f
DD
6149@end group
6150@end smallexample
6151
03dda8e3
RK
6152Here is an example, the definition of left-shift for the SPUR chip:
6153
6154@smallexample
6155@group
6156(define_expand "ashlsi3"
6157 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
6158 (ashift:SI
6159@end group
6160@group
6161 (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
6162 (match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "")))]
6163 ""
6164 "
6165@end group
6166@end smallexample
6167
6168@smallexample
6169@group
6170@{
6171 if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != CONST_INT
6172 || (unsigned) INTVAL (operands[2]) > 3)
6173 FAIL;
6174@}")
6175@end group
6176@end smallexample
6177
6178@noindent
6179This example uses @code{define_expand} so that it can generate an RTL insn
6180for shifting when the shift-count is in the supported range of 0 to 3 but
6181fail in other cases where machine insns aren't available. When it fails,
6182the compiler tries another strategy using different patterns (such as, a
6183library call).
6184
6185If the compiler were able to handle nontrivial condition-strings in
6186patterns with names, then it would be possible to use a
6187@code{define_insn} in that case. Here is another case (zero-extension
6188on the 68000) which makes more use of the power of @code{define_expand}:
6189
6190@smallexample
6191(define_expand "zero_extendhisi2"
6192 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "")
6193 (const_int 0))
6194 (set (strict_low_part
6195 (subreg:HI
6196 (match_dup 0)
6197 0))
6198 (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" ""))]
6199 ""
6200 "operands[1] = make_safe_from (operands[1], operands[0]);")
6201@end smallexample
6202
6203@noindent
6204@findex make_safe_from
6205Here two RTL insns are generated, one to clear the entire output operand
6206and the other to copy the input operand into its low half. This sequence
6207is incorrect if the input operand refers to [the old value of] the output
6208operand, so the preparation statement makes sure this isn't so. The
6209function @code{make_safe_from} copies the @code{operands[1]} into a
6210temporary register if it refers to @code{operands[0]}. It does this
6211by emitting another RTL insn.
6212
6213Finally, a third example shows the use of an internal operand.
6214Zero-extension on the SPUR chip is done by @code{and}-ing the result
6215against a halfword mask. But this mask cannot be represented by a
6216@code{const_int} because the constant value is too large to be legitimate
6217on this machine. So it must be copied into a register with
6218@code{force_reg} and then the register used in the @code{and}.
6219
6220@smallexample
6221(define_expand "zero_extendhisi2"
6222 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
6223 (and:SI (subreg:SI
6224 (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "")
6225 0)
6226 (match_dup 2)))]
6227 ""
6228 "operands[2]
3a598fbe 6229 = force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (65535)); ")
03dda8e3
RK
6230@end smallexample
6231
f4559287 6232@emph{Note:} If the @code{define_expand} is used to serve a
c771326b 6233standard binary or unary arithmetic operation or a bit-field operation,
03dda8e3
RK
6234then the last insn it generates must not be a @code{code_label},
6235@code{barrier} or @code{note}. It must be an @code{insn},
6236@code{jump_insn} or @code{call_insn}. If you don't need a real insn
6237at the end, emit an insn to copy the result of the operation into
6238itself. Such an insn will generate no code, but it can avoid problems
bd819a4a 6239in the compiler.
03dda8e3 6240
a5249a21
HPN
6241@end ifset
6242@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
6243@node Insn Splitting
6244@section Defining How to Split Instructions
6245@cindex insn splitting
6246@cindex instruction splitting
6247@cindex splitting instructions
6248
fae15c93
VM
6249There are two cases where you should specify how to split a pattern
6250into multiple insns. On machines that have instructions requiring
6251delay slots (@pxref{Delay Slots}) or that have instructions whose
6252output is not available for multiple cycles (@pxref{Processor pipeline
6253description}), the compiler phases that optimize these cases need to
6254be able to move insns into one-instruction delay slots. However, some
6255insns may generate more than one machine instruction. These insns
6256cannot be placed into a delay slot.
03dda8e3
RK
6257
6258Often you can rewrite the single insn as a list of individual insns,
6259each corresponding to one machine instruction. The disadvantage of
6260doing so is that it will cause the compilation to be slower and require
6261more space. If the resulting insns are too complex, it may also
6262suppress some optimizations. The compiler splits the insn if there is a
6263reason to believe that it might improve instruction or delay slot
6264scheduling.
6265
6266The insn combiner phase also splits putative insns. If three insns are
6267merged into one insn with a complex expression that cannot be matched by
6268some @code{define_insn} pattern, the combiner phase attempts to split
6269the complex pattern into two insns that are recognized. Usually it can
6270break the complex pattern into two patterns by splitting out some
6271subexpression. However, in some other cases, such as performing an
6272addition of a large constant in two insns on a RISC machine, the way to
6273split the addition into two insns is machine-dependent.
6274
f3a3d0d3 6275@findex define_split
03dda8e3
RK
6276The @code{define_split} definition tells the compiler how to split a
6277complex insn into several simpler insns. It looks like this:
6278
6279@smallexample
6280(define_split
6281 [@var{insn-pattern}]
6282 "@var{condition}"
6283 [@var{new-insn-pattern-1}
6284 @var{new-insn-pattern-2}
6285 @dots{}]
630d3d5a 6286 "@var{preparation-statements}")
03dda8e3
RK
6287@end smallexample
6288
6289@var{insn-pattern} is a pattern that needs to be split and
6290@var{condition} is the final condition to be tested, as in a
6291@code{define_insn}. When an insn matching @var{insn-pattern} and
6292satisfying @var{condition} is found, it is replaced in the insn list
6293with the insns given by @var{new-insn-pattern-1},
6294@var{new-insn-pattern-2}, etc.
6295
630d3d5a 6296The @var{preparation-statements} are similar to those statements that
03dda8e3
RK
6297are specified for @code{define_expand} (@pxref{Expander Definitions})
6298and are executed before the new RTL is generated to prepare for the
6299generated code or emit some insns whose pattern is not fixed. Unlike
6300those in @code{define_expand}, however, these statements must not
6301generate any new pseudo-registers. Once reload has completed, they also
6302must not allocate any space in the stack frame.
6303
6304Patterns are matched against @var{insn-pattern} in two different
6305circumstances. If an insn needs to be split for delay slot scheduling
6306or insn scheduling, the insn is already known to be valid, which means
6307that it must have been matched by some @code{define_insn} and, if
df2a54e9 6308@code{reload_completed} is nonzero, is known to satisfy the constraints
03dda8e3
RK
6309of that @code{define_insn}. In that case, the new insn patterns must
6310also be insns that are matched by some @code{define_insn} and, if
df2a54e9 6311@code{reload_completed} is nonzero, must also satisfy the constraints
03dda8e3
RK
6312of those definitions.
6313
6314As an example of this usage of @code{define_split}, consider the following
6315example from @file{a29k.md}, which splits a @code{sign_extend} from
6316@code{HImode} to @code{SImode} into a pair of shift insns:
6317
6318@smallexample
6319(define_split
6320 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gen_reg_operand" "")
6321 (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "gen_reg_operand" "")))]
6322 ""
6323 [(set (match_dup 0)
6324 (ashift:SI (match_dup 1)
6325 (const_int 16)))
6326 (set (match_dup 0)
6327 (ashiftrt:SI (match_dup 0)
6328 (const_int 16)))]
6329 "
6330@{ operands[1] = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[1]); @}")
6331@end smallexample
6332
6333When the combiner phase tries to split an insn pattern, it is always the
6334case that the pattern is @emph{not} matched by any @code{define_insn}.
6335The combiner pass first tries to split a single @code{set} expression
6336and then the same @code{set} expression inside a @code{parallel}, but
6337followed by a @code{clobber} of a pseudo-reg to use as a scratch
6338register. In these cases, the combiner expects exactly two new insn
6339patterns to be generated. It will verify that these patterns match some
6340@code{define_insn} definitions, so you need not do this test in the
6341@code{define_split} (of course, there is no point in writing a
6342@code{define_split} that will never produce insns that match).
6343
6344Here is an example of this use of @code{define_split}, taken from
6345@file{rs6000.md}:
6346
6347@smallexample
6348(define_split
6349 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gen_reg_operand" "")
6350 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gen_reg_operand" "")
6351 (match_operand:SI 2 "non_add_cint_operand" "")))]
6352 ""
6353 [(set (match_dup 0) (plus:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 3)))
6354 (set (match_dup 0) (plus:SI (match_dup 0) (match_dup 4)))]
6355"
6356@{
6357 int low = INTVAL (operands[2]) & 0xffff;
6358 int high = (unsigned) INTVAL (operands[2]) >> 16;
6359
6360 if (low & 0x8000)
6361 high++, low |= 0xffff0000;
6362
3a598fbe
JL
6363 operands[3] = GEN_INT (high << 16);
6364 operands[4] = GEN_INT (low);
03dda8e3
RK
6365@}")
6366@end smallexample
6367
6368Here the predicate @code{non_add_cint_operand} matches any
6369@code{const_int} that is @emph{not} a valid operand of a single add
6370insn. The add with the smaller displacement is written so that it
6371can be substituted into the address of a subsequent operation.
6372
6373An example that uses a scratch register, from the same file, generates
6374an equality comparison of a register and a large constant:
6375
6376@smallexample
6377(define_split
6378 [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "cc_reg_operand" "")
6379 (compare:CC (match_operand:SI 1 "gen_reg_operand" "")
6380 (match_operand:SI 2 "non_short_cint_operand" "")))
6381 (clobber (match_operand:SI 3 "gen_reg_operand" ""))]
6382 "find_single_use (operands[0], insn, 0)
6383 && (GET_CODE (*find_single_use (operands[0], insn, 0)) == EQ
6384 || GET_CODE (*find_single_use (operands[0], insn, 0)) == NE)"
6385 [(set (match_dup 3) (xor:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 4)))
6386 (set (match_dup 0) (compare:CC (match_dup 3) (match_dup 5)))]
6387 "
6388@{
12bcfaa1 6389 /* @r{Get the constant we are comparing against, C, and see what it
03dda8e3 6390 looks like sign-extended to 16 bits. Then see what constant
12bcfaa1 6391 could be XOR'ed with C to get the sign-extended value.} */
03dda8e3
RK
6392
6393 int c = INTVAL (operands[2]);
6394 int sextc = (c << 16) >> 16;
6395 int xorv = c ^ sextc;
6396
3a598fbe
JL
6397 operands[4] = GEN_INT (xorv);
6398 operands[5] = GEN_INT (sextc);
03dda8e3
RK
6399@}")
6400@end smallexample
6401
6402To avoid confusion, don't write a single @code{define_split} that
6403accepts some insns that match some @code{define_insn} as well as some
6404insns that don't. Instead, write two separate @code{define_split}
6405definitions, one for the insns that are valid and one for the insns that
6406are not valid.
6407
6b24c259
JH
6408The splitter is allowed to split jump instructions into sequence of
6409jumps or create new jumps in while splitting non-jump instructions. As
6410the central flowgraph and branch prediction information needs to be updated,
f282ffb3 6411several restriction apply.
6b24c259
JH
6412
6413Splitting of jump instruction into sequence that over by another jump
c21cd8b1 6414instruction is always valid, as compiler expect identical behavior of new
6b24c259
JH
6415jump. When new sequence contains multiple jump instructions or new labels,
6416more assistance is needed. Splitter is required to create only unconditional
6417jumps, or simple conditional jump instructions. Additionally it must attach a
63519d23 6418@code{REG_BR_PROB} note to each conditional jump. A global variable
addd6f64 6419@code{split_branch_probability} holds the probability of the original branch in case
e4ae5e77 6420it was a simple conditional jump, @minus{}1 otherwise. To simplify
addd6f64 6421recomputing of edge frequencies, the new sequence is required to have only
6b24c259
JH
6422forward jumps to the newly created labels.
6423
fae81b38 6424@findex define_insn_and_split
c88c0d42
CP
6425For the common case where the pattern of a define_split exactly matches the
6426pattern of a define_insn, use @code{define_insn_and_split}. It looks like
6427this:
6428
6429@smallexample
6430(define_insn_and_split
6431 [@var{insn-pattern}]
6432 "@var{condition}"
6433 "@var{output-template}"
6434 "@var{split-condition}"
6435 [@var{new-insn-pattern-1}
6436 @var{new-insn-pattern-2}
6437 @dots{}]
630d3d5a 6438 "@var{preparation-statements}"
c88c0d42
CP
6439 [@var{insn-attributes}])
6440
6441@end smallexample
6442
6443@var{insn-pattern}, @var{condition}, @var{output-template}, and
6444@var{insn-attributes} are used as in @code{define_insn}. The
6445@var{new-insn-pattern} vector and the @var{preparation-statements} are used as
6446in a @code{define_split}. The @var{split-condition} is also used as in
6447@code{define_split}, with the additional behavior that if the condition starts
6448with @samp{&&}, the condition used for the split will be the constructed as a
d7d9c429 6449logical ``and'' of the split condition with the insn condition. For example,
c88c0d42
CP
6450from i386.md:
6451
6452@smallexample
6453(define_insn_and_split "zero_extendhisi2_and"
6454 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
6455 (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "0")))
6456 (clobber (reg:CC 17))]
6457 "TARGET_ZERO_EXTEND_WITH_AND && !optimize_size"
6458 "#"
6459 "&& reload_completed"
f282ffb3 6460 [(parallel [(set (match_dup 0)
9c34dbbf 6461 (and:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 65535)))
6ccde948 6462 (clobber (reg:CC 17))])]
c88c0d42
CP
6463 ""
6464 [(set_attr "type" "alu1")])
6465
6466@end smallexample
6467
ebb48a4d 6468In this case, the actual split condition will be
aee96fe9 6469@samp{TARGET_ZERO_EXTEND_WITH_AND && !optimize_size && reload_completed}.
c88c0d42
CP
6470
6471The @code{define_insn_and_split} construction provides exactly the same
6472functionality as two separate @code{define_insn} and @code{define_split}
6473patterns. It exists for compactness, and as a maintenance tool to prevent
6474having to ensure the two patterns' templates match.
6475
a5249a21
HPN
6476@end ifset
6477@ifset INTERNALS
04d8aa70
AM
6478@node Including Patterns
6479@section Including Patterns in Machine Descriptions.
6480@cindex insn includes
6481
6482@findex include
6483The @code{include} pattern tells the compiler tools where to
6484look for patterns that are in files other than in the file
8a36672b 6485@file{.md}. This is used only at build time and there is no preprocessing allowed.
04d8aa70
AM
6486
6487It looks like:
6488
6489@smallexample
6490
6491(include
6492 @var{pathname})
6493@end smallexample
6494
6495For example:
6496
6497@smallexample
6498
f282ffb3 6499(include "filestuff")
04d8aa70
AM
6500
6501@end smallexample
6502
27d30956 6503Where @var{pathname} is a string that specifies the location of the file,
8a36672b 6504specifies the include file to be in @file{gcc/config/target/filestuff}. The
04d8aa70
AM
6505directory @file{gcc/config/target} is regarded as the default directory.
6506
6507
f282ffb3
JM
6508Machine descriptions may be split up into smaller more manageable subsections
6509and placed into subdirectories.
04d8aa70
AM
6510
6511By specifying:
6512
6513@smallexample
6514
f282ffb3 6515(include "BOGUS/filestuff")
04d8aa70
AM
6516
6517@end smallexample
6518
6519the include file is specified to be in @file{gcc/config/@var{target}/BOGUS/filestuff}.
6520
6521Specifying an absolute path for the include file such as;
6522@smallexample
6523
f282ffb3 6524(include "/u2/BOGUS/filestuff")
04d8aa70
AM
6525
6526@end smallexample
f282ffb3 6527is permitted but is not encouraged.
04d8aa70
AM
6528
6529@subsection RTL Generation Tool Options for Directory Search
6530@cindex directory options .md
6531@cindex options, directory search
6532@cindex search options
6533
6534The @option{-I@var{dir}} option specifies directories to search for machine descriptions.
6535For example:
6536
6537@smallexample
6538
6539genrecog -I/p1/abc/proc1 -I/p2/abcd/pro2 target.md
6540
6541@end smallexample
6542
6543
6544Add the directory @var{dir} to the head of the list of directories to be
6545searched for header files. This can be used to override a system machine definition
6546file, substituting your own version, since these directories are
6547searched before the default machine description file directories. If you use more than
6548one @option{-I} option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right
6549order; the standard default directory come after.
6550
6551
a5249a21
HPN
6552@end ifset
6553@ifset INTERNALS
f3a3d0d3
RH
6554@node Peephole Definitions
6555@section Machine-Specific Peephole Optimizers
6556@cindex peephole optimizer definitions
6557@cindex defining peephole optimizers
6558
6559In addition to instruction patterns the @file{md} file may contain
6560definitions of machine-specific peephole optimizations.
6561
6562The combiner does not notice certain peephole optimizations when the data
6563flow in the program does not suggest that it should try them. For example,
6564sometimes two consecutive insns related in purpose can be combined even
6565though the second one does not appear to use a register computed in the
6566first one. A machine-specific peephole optimizer can detect such
6567opportunities.
6568
6569There are two forms of peephole definitions that may be used. The
6570original @code{define_peephole} is run at assembly output time to
6571match insns and substitute assembly text. Use of @code{define_peephole}
6572is deprecated.
6573
6574A newer @code{define_peephole2} matches insns and substitutes new
6575insns. The @code{peephole2} pass is run after register allocation
ebb48a4d 6576but before scheduling, which may result in much better code for
f3a3d0d3
RH
6577targets that do scheduling.
6578
6579@menu
6580* define_peephole:: RTL to Text Peephole Optimizers
6581* define_peephole2:: RTL to RTL Peephole Optimizers
6582@end menu
6583
a5249a21
HPN
6584@end ifset
6585@ifset INTERNALS
f3a3d0d3
RH
6586@node define_peephole
6587@subsection RTL to Text Peephole Optimizers
6588@findex define_peephole
6589
6590@need 1000
6591A definition looks like this:
6592
6593@smallexample
6594(define_peephole
6595 [@var{insn-pattern-1}
6596 @var{insn-pattern-2}
6597 @dots{}]
6598 "@var{condition}"
6599 "@var{template}"
630d3d5a 6600 "@var{optional-insn-attributes}")
f3a3d0d3
RH
6601@end smallexample
6602
6603@noindent
6604The last string operand may be omitted if you are not using any
6605machine-specific information in this machine description. If present,
6606it must obey the same rules as in a @code{define_insn}.
6607
6608In this skeleton, @var{insn-pattern-1} and so on are patterns to match
6609consecutive insns. The optimization applies to a sequence of insns when
6610@var{insn-pattern-1} matches the first one, @var{insn-pattern-2} matches
bd819a4a 6611the next, and so on.
f3a3d0d3
RH
6612
6613Each of the insns matched by a peephole must also match a
6614@code{define_insn}. Peepholes are checked only at the last stage just
6615before code generation, and only optionally. Therefore, any insn which
6616would match a peephole but no @code{define_insn} will cause a crash in code
6617generation in an unoptimized compilation, or at various optimization
6618stages.
6619
6620The operands of the insns are matched with @code{match_operands},
6621@code{match_operator}, and @code{match_dup}, as usual. What is not
6622usual is that the operand numbers apply to all the insn patterns in the
6623definition. So, you can check for identical operands in two insns by
6624using @code{match_operand} in one insn and @code{match_dup} in the
6625other.
6626
6627The operand constraints used in @code{match_operand} patterns do not have
6628any direct effect on the applicability of the peephole, but they will
6629be validated afterward, so make sure your constraints are general enough
6630to apply whenever the peephole matches. If the peephole matches
6631but the constraints are not satisfied, the compiler will crash.
6632
6633It is safe to omit constraints in all the operands of the peephole; or
6634you can write constraints which serve as a double-check on the criteria
6635previously tested.
6636
6637Once a sequence of insns matches the patterns, the @var{condition} is
6638checked. This is a C expression which makes the final decision whether to
6639perform the optimization (we do so if the expression is nonzero). If
6640@var{condition} is omitted (in other words, the string is empty) then the
6641optimization is applied to every sequence of insns that matches the
6642patterns.
6643
6644The defined peephole optimizations are applied after register allocation
6645is complete. Therefore, the peephole definition can check which
6646operands have ended up in which kinds of registers, just by looking at
6647the operands.
6648
6649@findex prev_active_insn
6650The way to refer to the operands in @var{condition} is to write
6651@code{operands[@var{i}]} for operand number @var{i} (as matched by
6652@code{(match_operand @var{i} @dots{})}). Use the variable @code{insn}
6653to refer to the last of the insns being matched; use
6654@code{prev_active_insn} to find the preceding insns.
6655
6656@findex dead_or_set_p
6657When optimizing computations with intermediate results, you can use
6658@var{condition} to match only when the intermediate results are not used
6659elsewhere. Use the C expression @code{dead_or_set_p (@var{insn},
6660@var{op})}, where @var{insn} is the insn in which you expect the value
6661to be used for the last time (from the value of @code{insn}, together
6662with use of @code{prev_nonnote_insn}), and @var{op} is the intermediate
bd819a4a 6663value (from @code{operands[@var{i}]}).
f3a3d0d3
RH
6664
6665Applying the optimization means replacing the sequence of insns with one
6666new insn. The @var{template} controls ultimate output of assembler code
6667for this combined insn. It works exactly like the template of a
6668@code{define_insn}. Operand numbers in this template are the same ones
6669used in matching the original sequence of insns.
6670
6671The result of a defined peephole optimizer does not need to match any of
6672the insn patterns in the machine description; it does not even have an
6673opportunity to match them. The peephole optimizer definition itself serves
6674as the insn pattern to control how the insn is output.
6675
6676Defined peephole optimizers are run as assembler code is being output,
6677so the insns they produce are never combined or rearranged in any way.
6678
6679Here is an example, taken from the 68000 machine description:
6680
6681@smallexample
6682(define_peephole
6683 [(set (reg:SI 15) (plus:SI (reg:SI 15) (const_int 4)))
6684 (set (match_operand:DF 0 "register_operand" "=f")
6685 (match_operand:DF 1 "register_operand" "ad"))]
6686 "FP_REG_P (operands[0]) && ! FP_REG_P (operands[1])"
f3a3d0d3
RH
6687@{
6688 rtx xoperands[2];
a2a8cc44 6689 xoperands[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[1]) + 1);
f3a3d0d3 6690#ifdef MOTOROLA
0f40f9f7
ZW
6691 output_asm_insn ("move.l %1,(sp)", xoperands);
6692 output_asm_insn ("move.l %1,-(sp)", operands);
6693 return "fmove.d (sp)+,%0";
f3a3d0d3 6694#else
0f40f9f7
ZW
6695 output_asm_insn ("movel %1,sp@@", xoperands);
6696 output_asm_insn ("movel %1,sp@@-", operands);
6697 return "fmoved sp@@+,%0";
f3a3d0d3 6698#endif
0f40f9f7 6699@})
f3a3d0d3
RH
6700@end smallexample
6701
6702@need 1000
6703The effect of this optimization is to change
6704
6705@smallexample
6706@group
6707jbsr _foobar
6708addql #4,sp
6709movel d1,sp@@-
6710movel d0,sp@@-
6711fmoved sp@@+,fp0
6712@end group
6713@end smallexample
6714
6715@noindent
6716into
6717
6718@smallexample
6719@group
6720jbsr _foobar
6721movel d1,sp@@
6722movel d0,sp@@-
6723fmoved sp@@+,fp0
6724@end group
6725@end smallexample
6726
6727@ignore
6728@findex CC_REVERSED
6729If a peephole matches a sequence including one or more jump insns, you must
6730take account of the flags such as @code{CC_REVERSED} which specify that the
6731condition codes are represented in an unusual manner. The compiler
6732automatically alters any ordinary conditional jumps which occur in such
6733situations, but the compiler cannot alter jumps which have been replaced by
6734peephole optimizations. So it is up to you to alter the assembler code
6735that the peephole produces. Supply C code to write the assembler output,
6736and in this C code check the condition code status flags and change the
6737assembler code as appropriate.
6738@end ignore
6739
6740@var{insn-pattern-1} and so on look @emph{almost} like the second
6741operand of @code{define_insn}. There is one important difference: the
6742second operand of @code{define_insn} consists of one or more RTX's
6743enclosed in square brackets. Usually, there is only one: then the same
6744action can be written as an element of a @code{define_peephole}. But
6745when there are multiple actions in a @code{define_insn}, they are
6746implicitly enclosed in a @code{parallel}. Then you must explicitly
6747write the @code{parallel}, and the square brackets within it, in the
6748@code{define_peephole}. Thus, if an insn pattern looks like this,
6749
6750@smallexample
6751(define_insn "divmodsi4"
6752 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=d")
6753 (div:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0")
6754 (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "dmsK")))
6755 (set (match_operand:SI 3 "general_operand" "=d")
6756 (mod:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 2)))]
6757 "TARGET_68020"
6758 "divsl%.l %2,%3:%0")
6759@end smallexample
6760
6761@noindent
6762then the way to mention this insn in a peephole is as follows:
6763
6764@smallexample
6765(define_peephole
6766 [@dots{}
6767 (parallel
6768 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=d")
6769 (div:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0")
6770 (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "dmsK")))
6771 (set (match_operand:SI 3 "general_operand" "=d")
6772 (mod:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 2)))])
6773 @dots{}]
6774 @dots{})
6775@end smallexample
6776
a5249a21
HPN
6777@end ifset
6778@ifset INTERNALS
f3a3d0d3
RH
6779@node define_peephole2
6780@subsection RTL to RTL Peephole Optimizers
6781@findex define_peephole2
6782
6783The @code{define_peephole2} definition tells the compiler how to
ebb48a4d 6784substitute one sequence of instructions for another sequence,
f3a3d0d3
RH
6785what additional scratch registers may be needed and what their
6786lifetimes must be.
6787
6788@smallexample
6789(define_peephole2
6790 [@var{insn-pattern-1}
6791 @var{insn-pattern-2}
6792 @dots{}]
6793 "@var{condition}"
6794 [@var{new-insn-pattern-1}
6795 @var{new-insn-pattern-2}
6796 @dots{}]
630d3d5a 6797 "@var{preparation-statements}")
f3a3d0d3
RH
6798@end smallexample
6799
6800The definition is almost identical to @code{define_split}
6801(@pxref{Insn Splitting}) except that the pattern to match is not a
6802single instruction, but a sequence of instructions.
6803
6804It is possible to request additional scratch registers for use in the
6805output template. If appropriate registers are not free, the pattern
6806will simply not match.
6807
6808@findex match_scratch
6809@findex match_dup
6810Scratch registers are requested with a @code{match_scratch} pattern at
6811the top level of the input pattern. The allocated register (initially) will
6812be dead at the point requested within the original sequence. If the scratch
6813is used at more than a single point, a @code{match_dup} pattern at the
6814top level of the input pattern marks the last position in the input sequence
6815at which the register must be available.
6816
6817Here is an example from the IA-32 machine description:
6818
6819@smallexample
6820(define_peephole2
6821 [(match_scratch:SI 2 "r")
6822 (parallel [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
6823 (match_operator:SI 3 "arith_or_logical_operator"
6824 [(match_dup 0)
6825 (match_operand:SI 1 "memory_operand" "")]))
6826 (clobber (reg:CC 17))])]
6827 "! optimize_size && ! TARGET_READ_MODIFY"
6828 [(set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 1))
6829 (parallel [(set (match_dup 0)
6830 (match_op_dup 3 [(match_dup 0) (match_dup 2)]))
6831 (clobber (reg:CC 17))])]
6832 "")
6833@end smallexample
6834
6835@noindent
6836This pattern tries to split a load from its use in the hopes that we'll be
6837able to schedule around the memory load latency. It allocates a single
6838@code{SImode} register of class @code{GENERAL_REGS} (@code{"r"}) that needs
6839to be live only at the point just before the arithmetic.
6840
b192711e 6841A real example requiring extended scratch lifetimes is harder to come by,
f3a3d0d3
RH
6842so here's a silly made-up example:
6843
6844@smallexample
6845(define_peephole2
6846 [(match_scratch:SI 4 "r")
6847 (set (match_operand:SI 0 "" "") (match_operand:SI 1 "" ""))
6848 (set (match_operand:SI 2 "" "") (match_dup 1))
6849 (match_dup 4)
6850 (set (match_operand:SI 3 "" "") (match_dup 1))]
630d3d5a 6851 "/* @r{determine 1 does not overlap 0 and 2} */"
f3a3d0d3
RH
6852 [(set (match_dup 4) (match_dup 1))
6853 (set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 4))
6854 (set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 4))]
6855 (set (match_dup 3) (match_dup 4))]
6856 "")
6857@end smallexample
6858
6859@noindent
a628d195
RH
6860If we had not added the @code{(match_dup 4)} in the middle of the input
6861sequence, it might have been the case that the register we chose at the
6862beginning of the sequence is killed by the first or second @code{set}.
f3a3d0d3 6863
a5249a21
HPN
6864@end ifset
6865@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
6866@node Insn Attributes
6867@section Instruction Attributes
6868@cindex insn attributes
6869@cindex instruction attributes
6870
6871In addition to describing the instruction supported by the target machine,
6872the @file{md} file also defines a group of @dfn{attributes} and a set of
6873values for each. Every generated insn is assigned a value for each attribute.
6874One possible attribute would be the effect that the insn has on the machine's
6875condition code. This attribute can then be used by @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}
6876to track the condition codes.
6877
6878@menu
6879* Defining Attributes:: Specifying attributes and their values.
6880* Expressions:: Valid expressions for attribute values.
6881* Tagging Insns:: Assigning attribute values to insns.
6882* Attr Example:: An example of assigning attributes.
6883* Insn Lengths:: Computing the length of insns.
6884* Constant Attributes:: Defining attributes that are constant.
6885* Delay Slots:: Defining delay slots required for a machine.
fae15c93 6886* Processor pipeline description:: Specifying information for insn scheduling.
03dda8e3
RK
6887@end menu
6888
a5249a21
HPN
6889@end ifset
6890@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
6891@node Defining Attributes
6892@subsection Defining Attributes and their Values
6893@cindex defining attributes and their values
6894@cindex attributes, defining
6895
6896@findex define_attr
6897The @code{define_attr} expression is used to define each attribute required
6898by the target machine. It looks like:
6899
6900@smallexample
6901(define_attr @var{name} @var{list-of-values} @var{default})
6902@end smallexample
6903
6904@var{name} is a string specifying the name of the attribute being defined.
0bddee8e
BS
6905Some attributes are used in a special way by the rest of the compiler. The
6906@code{enabled} attribute can be used to conditionally enable or disable
6907insn alternatives (@pxref{Disable Insn Alternatives}). The @code{predicable}
6908attribute, together with a suitable @code{define_cond_exec}
6909(@pxref{Conditional Execution}), can be used to automatically generate
6910conditional variants of instruction patterns. The compiler internally uses
6911the names @code{ce_enabled} and @code{nonce_enabled}, so they should not be
6912used elsewhere as alternative names.
03dda8e3
RK
6913
6914@var{list-of-values} is either a string that specifies a comma-separated
6915list of values that can be assigned to the attribute, or a null string to
6916indicate that the attribute takes numeric values.
6917
6918@var{default} is an attribute expression that gives the value of this
6919attribute for insns that match patterns whose definition does not include
6920an explicit value for this attribute. @xref{Attr Example}, for more
6921information on the handling of defaults. @xref{Constant Attributes},
6922for information on attributes that do not depend on any particular insn.
6923
6924@findex insn-attr.h
6925For each defined attribute, a number of definitions are written to the
6926@file{insn-attr.h} file. For cases where an explicit set of values is
6927specified for an attribute, the following are defined:
6928
6929@itemize @bullet
6930@item
6931A @samp{#define} is written for the symbol @samp{HAVE_ATTR_@var{name}}.
6932
6933@item
2eac577f 6934An enumerated class is defined for @samp{attr_@var{name}} with
03dda8e3 6935elements of the form @samp{@var{upper-name}_@var{upper-value}} where
4bd0bee9 6936the attribute name and value are first converted to uppercase.
03dda8e3
RK
6937
6938@item
6939A function @samp{get_attr_@var{name}} is defined that is passed an insn and
6940returns the attribute value for that insn.
6941@end itemize
6942
6943For example, if the following is present in the @file{md} file:
6944
6945@smallexample
6946(define_attr "type" "branch,fp,load,store,arith" @dots{})
6947@end smallexample
6948
6949@noindent
6950the following lines will be written to the file @file{insn-attr.h}.
6951
6952@smallexample
6953#define HAVE_ATTR_type
6954enum attr_type @{TYPE_BRANCH, TYPE_FP, TYPE_LOAD,
6955 TYPE_STORE, TYPE_ARITH@};
6956extern enum attr_type get_attr_type ();
6957@end smallexample
6958
6959If the attribute takes numeric values, no @code{enum} type will be
6960defined and the function to obtain the attribute's value will return
6961@code{int}.
6962
7ac28727
AK
6963There are attributes which are tied to a specific meaning. These
6964attributes are not free to use for other purposes:
6965
6966@table @code
6967@item length
6968The @code{length} attribute is used to calculate the length of emitted
6969code chunks. This is especially important when verifying branch
6970distances. @xref{Insn Lengths}.
6971
6972@item enabled
6973The @code{enabled} attribute can be defined to prevent certain
6974alternatives of an insn definition from being used during code
6975generation. @xref{Disable Insn Alternatives}.
7ac28727
AK
6976@end table
6977
8f4fe86c
RS
6978@findex define_enum_attr
6979@anchor{define_enum_attr}
6980Another way of defining an attribute is to use:
6981
6982@smallexample
6983(define_enum_attr "@var{attr}" "@var{enum}" @var{default})
6984@end smallexample
6985
6986This works in just the same way as @code{define_attr}, except that
6987the list of values is taken from a separate enumeration called
6988@var{enum} (@pxref{define_enum}). This form allows you to use
6989the same list of values for several attributes without having to
6990repeat the list each time. For example:
6991
6992@smallexample
6993(define_enum "processor" [
6994 model_a
6995 model_b
6996 @dots{}
6997])
6998(define_enum_attr "arch" "processor"
6999 (const (symbol_ref "target_arch")))
7000(define_enum_attr "tune" "processor"
7001 (const (symbol_ref "target_tune")))
7002@end smallexample
7003
7004defines the same attributes as:
7005
7006@smallexample
7007(define_attr "arch" "model_a,model_b,@dots{}"
7008 (const (symbol_ref "target_arch")))
7009(define_attr "tune" "model_a,model_b,@dots{}"
7010 (const (symbol_ref "target_tune")))
7011@end smallexample
7012
7013but without duplicating the processor list. The second example defines two
7014separate C enums (@code{attr_arch} and @code{attr_tune}) whereas the first
7015defines a single C enum (@code{processor}).
a5249a21
HPN
7016@end ifset
7017@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
7018@node Expressions
7019@subsection Attribute Expressions
7020@cindex attribute expressions
7021
7022RTL expressions used to define attributes use the codes described above
7023plus a few specific to attribute definitions, to be discussed below.
7024Attribute value expressions must have one of the following forms:
7025
7026@table @code
7027@cindex @code{const_int} and attributes
7028@item (const_int @var{i})
7029The integer @var{i} specifies the value of a numeric attribute. @var{i}
7030must be non-negative.
7031
7032The value of a numeric attribute can be specified either with a
00bc45c1
RH
7033@code{const_int}, or as an integer represented as a string in
7034@code{const_string}, @code{eq_attr} (see below), @code{attr},
7035@code{symbol_ref}, simple arithmetic expressions, and @code{set_attr}
7036overrides on specific instructions (@pxref{Tagging Insns}).
03dda8e3
RK
7037
7038@cindex @code{const_string} and attributes
7039@item (const_string @var{value})
7040The string @var{value} specifies a constant attribute value.
7041If @var{value} is specified as @samp{"*"}, it means that the default value of
7042the attribute is to be used for the insn containing this expression.
7043@samp{"*"} obviously cannot be used in the @var{default} expression
bd819a4a 7044of a @code{define_attr}.
03dda8e3
RK
7045
7046If the attribute whose value is being specified is numeric, @var{value}
7047must be a string containing a non-negative integer (normally
7048@code{const_int} would be used in this case). Otherwise, it must
7049contain one of the valid values for the attribute.
7050
7051@cindex @code{if_then_else} and attributes
7052@item (if_then_else @var{test} @var{true-value} @var{false-value})
7053@var{test} specifies an attribute test, whose format is defined below.
7054The value of this expression is @var{true-value} if @var{test} is true,
7055otherwise it is @var{false-value}.
7056
7057@cindex @code{cond} and attributes
7058@item (cond [@var{test1} @var{value1} @dots{}] @var{default})
7059The first operand of this expression is a vector containing an even
7060number of expressions and consisting of pairs of @var{test} and @var{value}
7061expressions. The value of the @code{cond} expression is that of the
7062@var{value} corresponding to the first true @var{test} expression. If
7063none of the @var{test} expressions are true, the value of the @code{cond}
7064expression is that of the @var{default} expression.
7065@end table
7066
7067@var{test} expressions can have one of the following forms:
7068
7069@table @code
7070@cindex @code{const_int} and attribute tests
7071@item (const_int @var{i})
df2a54e9 7072This test is true if @var{i} is nonzero and false otherwise.
03dda8e3
RK
7073
7074@cindex @code{not} and attributes
7075@cindex @code{ior} and attributes
7076@cindex @code{and} and attributes
7077@item (not @var{test})
7078@itemx (ior @var{test1} @var{test2})
7079@itemx (and @var{test1} @var{test2})
7080These tests are true if the indicated logical function is true.
7081
7082@cindex @code{match_operand} and attributes
7083@item (match_operand:@var{m} @var{n} @var{pred} @var{constraints})
7084This test is true if operand @var{n} of the insn whose attribute value
7085is being determined has mode @var{m} (this part of the test is ignored
7086if @var{m} is @code{VOIDmode}) and the function specified by the string
df2a54e9 7087@var{pred} returns a nonzero value when passed operand @var{n} and mode
03dda8e3
RK
7088@var{m} (this part of the test is ignored if @var{pred} is the null
7089string).
7090
7091The @var{constraints} operand is ignored and should be the null string.
7092
0c0d3957
RS
7093@cindex @code{match_test} and attributes
7094@item (match_test @var{c-expr})
7095The test is true if C expression @var{c-expr} is true. In non-constant
7096attributes, @var{c-expr} has access to the following variables:
7097
7098@table @var
7099@item insn
7100The rtl instruction under test.
7101@item which_alternative
7102The @code{define_insn} alternative that @var{insn} matches.
7103@xref{Output Statement}.
7104@item operands
7105An array of @var{insn}'s rtl operands.
7106@end table
7107
7108@var{c-expr} behaves like the condition in a C @code{if} statement,
7109so there is no need to explicitly convert the expression into a boolean
71100 or 1 value. For example, the following two tests are equivalent:
7111
7112@smallexample
7113(match_test "x & 2")
7114(match_test "(x & 2) != 0")
7115@end smallexample
7116
03dda8e3
RK
7117@cindex @code{le} and attributes
7118@cindex @code{leu} and attributes
7119@cindex @code{lt} and attributes
7120@cindex @code{gt} and attributes
7121@cindex @code{gtu} and attributes
7122@cindex @code{ge} and attributes
7123@cindex @code{geu} and attributes
7124@cindex @code{ne} and attributes
7125@cindex @code{eq} and attributes
7126@cindex @code{plus} and attributes
7127@cindex @code{minus} and attributes
7128@cindex @code{mult} and attributes
7129@cindex @code{div} and attributes
7130@cindex @code{mod} and attributes
7131@cindex @code{abs} and attributes
7132@cindex @code{neg} and attributes
7133@cindex @code{ashift} and attributes
7134@cindex @code{lshiftrt} and attributes
7135@cindex @code{ashiftrt} and attributes
7136@item (le @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
7137@itemx (leu @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
7138@itemx (lt @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
7139@itemx (ltu @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
7140@itemx (gt @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
7141@itemx (gtu @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
7142@itemx (ge @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
7143@itemx (geu @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
7144@itemx (ne @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
7145@itemx (eq @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
7146These tests are true if the indicated comparison of the two arithmetic
7147expressions is true. Arithmetic expressions are formed with
7148@code{plus}, @code{minus}, @code{mult}, @code{div}, @code{mod},
7149@code{abs}, @code{neg}, @code{and}, @code{ior}, @code{xor}, @code{not},
bd819a4a 7150@code{ashift}, @code{lshiftrt}, and @code{ashiftrt} expressions.
03dda8e3
RK
7151
7152@findex get_attr
7153@code{const_int} and @code{symbol_ref} are always valid terms (@pxref{Insn
7154Lengths},for additional forms). @code{symbol_ref} is a string
7155denoting a C expression that yields an @code{int} when evaluated by the
7156@samp{get_attr_@dots{}} routine. It should normally be a global
bd819a4a 7157variable.
03dda8e3
RK
7158
7159@findex eq_attr
7160@item (eq_attr @var{name} @var{value})
7161@var{name} is a string specifying the name of an attribute.
7162
7163@var{value} is a string that is either a valid value for attribute
7164@var{name}, a comma-separated list of values, or @samp{!} followed by a
7165value or list. If @var{value} does not begin with a @samp{!}, this
7166test is true if the value of the @var{name} attribute of the current
7167insn is in the list specified by @var{value}. If @var{value} begins
7168with a @samp{!}, this test is true if the attribute's value is
7169@emph{not} in the specified list.
7170
7171For example,
7172
7173@smallexample
7174(eq_attr "type" "load,store")
7175@end smallexample
7176
7177@noindent
7178is equivalent to
7179
7180@smallexample
7181(ior (eq_attr "type" "load") (eq_attr "type" "store"))
7182@end smallexample
7183
7184If @var{name} specifies an attribute of @samp{alternative}, it refers to the
7185value of the compiler variable @code{which_alternative}
7186(@pxref{Output Statement}) and the values must be small integers. For
bd819a4a 7187example,
03dda8e3
RK
7188
7189@smallexample
7190(eq_attr "alternative" "2,3")
7191@end smallexample
7192
7193@noindent
7194is equivalent to
7195
7196@smallexample
7197(ior (eq (symbol_ref "which_alternative") (const_int 2))
7198 (eq (symbol_ref "which_alternative") (const_int 3)))
7199@end smallexample
7200
7201Note that, for most attributes, an @code{eq_attr} test is simplified in cases
7202where the value of the attribute being tested is known for all insns matching
bd819a4a 7203a particular pattern. This is by far the most common case.
03dda8e3
RK
7204
7205@findex attr_flag
7206@item (attr_flag @var{name})
7207The value of an @code{attr_flag} expression is true if the flag
7208specified by @var{name} is true for the @code{insn} currently being
7209scheduled.
7210
7211@var{name} is a string specifying one of a fixed set of flags to test.
7212Test the flags @code{forward} and @code{backward} to determine the
7213direction of a conditional branch. Test the flags @code{very_likely},
7214@code{likely}, @code{very_unlikely}, and @code{unlikely} to determine
7215if a conditional branch is expected to be taken.
7216
7217If the @code{very_likely} flag is true, then the @code{likely} flag is also
7218true. Likewise for the @code{very_unlikely} and @code{unlikely} flags.
7219
7220This example describes a conditional branch delay slot which
7221can be nullified for forward branches that are taken (annul-true) or
7222for backward branches which are not taken (annul-false).
7223
7224@smallexample
7225(define_delay (eq_attr "type" "cbranch")
7226 [(eq_attr "in_branch_delay" "true")
7227 (and (eq_attr "in_branch_delay" "true")
7228 (attr_flag "forward"))
7229 (and (eq_attr "in_branch_delay" "true")
7230 (attr_flag "backward"))])
7231@end smallexample
7232
7233The @code{forward} and @code{backward} flags are false if the current
7234@code{insn} being scheduled is not a conditional branch.
7235
7236The @code{very_likely} and @code{likely} flags are true if the
7237@code{insn} being scheduled is not a conditional branch.
7238The @code{very_unlikely} and @code{unlikely} flags are false if the
7239@code{insn} being scheduled is not a conditional branch.
7240
7241@code{attr_flag} is only used during delay slot scheduling and has no
7242meaning to other passes of the compiler.
00bc45c1
RH
7243
7244@findex attr
7245@item (attr @var{name})
7246The value of another attribute is returned. This is most useful
7247for numeric attributes, as @code{eq_attr} and @code{attr_flag}
7248produce more efficient code for non-numeric attributes.
03dda8e3
RK
7249@end table
7250
a5249a21
HPN
7251@end ifset
7252@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
7253@node Tagging Insns
7254@subsection Assigning Attribute Values to Insns
7255@cindex tagging insns
7256@cindex assigning attribute values to insns
7257
7258The value assigned to an attribute of an insn is primarily determined by
7259which pattern is matched by that insn (or which @code{define_peephole}
7260generated it). Every @code{define_insn} and @code{define_peephole} can
7261have an optional last argument to specify the values of attributes for
7262matching insns. The value of any attribute not specified in a particular
7263insn is set to the default value for that attribute, as specified in its
7264@code{define_attr}. Extensive use of default values for attributes
7265permits the specification of the values for only one or two attributes
7266in the definition of most insn patterns, as seen in the example in the
bd819a4a 7267next section.
03dda8e3
RK
7268
7269The optional last argument of @code{define_insn} and
7270@code{define_peephole} is a vector of expressions, each of which defines
7271the value for a single attribute. The most general way of assigning an
7272attribute's value is to use a @code{set} expression whose first operand is an
7273@code{attr} expression giving the name of the attribute being set. The
7274second operand of the @code{set} is an attribute expression
bd819a4a 7275(@pxref{Expressions}) giving the value of the attribute.
03dda8e3
RK
7276
7277When the attribute value depends on the @samp{alternative} attribute
7278(i.e., which is the applicable alternative in the constraint of the
7279insn), the @code{set_attr_alternative} expression can be used. It
7280allows the specification of a vector of attribute expressions, one for
7281each alternative.
7282
7283@findex set_attr
7284When the generality of arbitrary attribute expressions is not required,
7285the simpler @code{set_attr} expression can be used, which allows
7286specifying a string giving either a single attribute value or a list
7287of attribute values, one for each alternative.
7288
7289The form of each of the above specifications is shown below. In each case,
7290@var{name} is a string specifying the attribute to be set.
7291
7292@table @code
7293@item (set_attr @var{name} @var{value-string})
7294@var{value-string} is either a string giving the desired attribute value,
7295or a string containing a comma-separated list giving the values for
7296succeeding alternatives. The number of elements must match the number
7297of alternatives in the constraint of the insn pattern.
7298
7299Note that it may be useful to specify @samp{*} for some alternative, in
7300which case the attribute will assume its default value for insns matching
7301that alternative.
7302
7303@findex set_attr_alternative
7304@item (set_attr_alternative @var{name} [@var{value1} @var{value2} @dots{}])
7305Depending on the alternative of the insn, the value will be one of the
7306specified values. This is a shorthand for using a @code{cond} with
7307tests on the @samp{alternative} attribute.
7308
7309@findex attr
7310@item (set (attr @var{name}) @var{value})
7311The first operand of this @code{set} must be the special RTL expression
7312@code{attr}, whose sole operand is a string giving the name of the
7313attribute being set. @var{value} is the value of the attribute.
7314@end table
7315
7316The following shows three different ways of representing the same
7317attribute value specification:
7318
7319@smallexample
7320(set_attr "type" "load,store,arith")
7321
7322(set_attr_alternative "type"
7323 [(const_string "load") (const_string "store")
7324 (const_string "arith")])
7325
7326(set (attr "type")
7327 (cond [(eq_attr "alternative" "1") (const_string "load")
7328 (eq_attr "alternative" "2") (const_string "store")]
7329 (const_string "arith")))
7330@end smallexample
7331
7332@need 1000
7333@findex define_asm_attributes
7334The @code{define_asm_attributes} expression provides a mechanism to
7335specify the attributes assigned to insns produced from an @code{asm}
7336statement. It has the form:
7337
7338@smallexample
7339(define_asm_attributes [@var{attr-sets}])
7340@end smallexample
7341
7342@noindent
7343where @var{attr-sets} is specified the same as for both the
7344@code{define_insn} and the @code{define_peephole} expressions.
7345
7346These values will typically be the ``worst case'' attribute values. For
7347example, they might indicate that the condition code will be clobbered.
7348
7349A specification for a @code{length} attribute is handled specially. The
7350way to compute the length of an @code{asm} insn is to multiply the
7351length specified in the expression @code{define_asm_attributes} by the
7352number of machine instructions specified in the @code{asm} statement,
7353determined by counting the number of semicolons and newlines in the
7354string. Therefore, the value of the @code{length} attribute specified
7355in a @code{define_asm_attributes} should be the maximum possible length
7356of a single machine instruction.
7357
a5249a21
HPN
7358@end ifset
7359@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
7360@node Attr Example
7361@subsection Example of Attribute Specifications
7362@cindex attribute specifications example
7363@cindex attribute specifications
7364
7365The judicious use of defaulting is important in the efficient use of
7366insn attributes. Typically, insns are divided into @dfn{types} and an
7367attribute, customarily called @code{type}, is used to represent this
7368value. This attribute is normally used only to define the default value
7369for other attributes. An example will clarify this usage.
7370
7371Assume we have a RISC machine with a condition code and in which only
7372full-word operations are performed in registers. Let us assume that we
7373can divide all insns into loads, stores, (integer) arithmetic
7374operations, floating point operations, and branches.
7375
7376Here we will concern ourselves with determining the effect of an insn on
7377the condition code and will limit ourselves to the following possible
7378effects: The condition code can be set unpredictably (clobbered), not
7379be changed, be set to agree with the results of the operation, or only
7380changed if the item previously set into the condition code has been
7381modified.
7382
7383Here is part of a sample @file{md} file for such a machine:
7384
7385@smallexample
7386(define_attr "type" "load,store,arith,fp,branch" (const_string "arith"))
7387
7388(define_attr "cc" "clobber,unchanged,set,change0"
7389 (cond [(eq_attr "type" "load")
7390 (const_string "change0")
7391 (eq_attr "type" "store,branch")
7392 (const_string "unchanged")
7393 (eq_attr "type" "arith")
7394 (if_then_else (match_operand:SI 0 "" "")
7395 (const_string "set")
7396 (const_string "clobber"))]
7397 (const_string "clobber")))
7398
7399(define_insn ""
7400 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r,r,m")
7401 (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "r,m,r"))]
7402 ""
7403 "@@
7404 move %0,%1
7405 load %0,%1
7406 store %0,%1"
7407 [(set_attr "type" "arith,load,store")])
7408@end smallexample
7409
7410Note that we assume in the above example that arithmetic operations
7411performed on quantities smaller than a machine word clobber the condition
7412code since they will set the condition code to a value corresponding to the
7413full-word result.
7414
a5249a21
HPN
7415@end ifset
7416@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
7417@node Insn Lengths
7418@subsection Computing the Length of an Insn
7419@cindex insn lengths, computing
7420@cindex computing the length of an insn
7421
7422For many machines, multiple types of branch instructions are provided, each
7423for different length branch displacements. In most cases, the assembler
7424will choose the correct instruction to use. However, when the assembler
b49900cc 7425cannot do so, GCC can when a special attribute, the @code{length}
03dda8e3
RK
7426attribute, is defined. This attribute must be defined to have numeric
7427values by specifying a null string in its @code{define_attr}.
7428
b49900cc 7429In the case of the @code{length} attribute, two additional forms of
03dda8e3
RK
7430arithmetic terms are allowed in test expressions:
7431
7432@table @code
7433@cindex @code{match_dup} and attributes
7434@item (match_dup @var{n})
7435This refers to the address of operand @var{n} of the current insn, which
7436must be a @code{label_ref}.
7437
7438@cindex @code{pc} and attributes
7439@item (pc)
7440This refers to the address of the @emph{current} insn. It might have
7441been more consistent with other usage to make this the address of the
7442@emph{next} insn but this would be confusing because the length of the
7443current insn is to be computed.
7444@end table
7445
7446@cindex @code{addr_vec}, length of
7447@cindex @code{addr_diff_vec}, length of
7448For normal insns, the length will be determined by value of the
b49900cc 7449@code{length} attribute. In the case of @code{addr_vec} and
03dda8e3
RK
7450@code{addr_diff_vec} insn patterns, the length is computed as
7451the number of vectors multiplied by the size of each vector.
7452
7453Lengths are measured in addressable storage units (bytes).
7454
7455The following macros can be used to refine the length computation:
7456
7457@table @code
03dda8e3
RK
7458@findex ADJUST_INSN_LENGTH
7459@item ADJUST_INSN_LENGTH (@var{insn}, @var{length})
7460If defined, modifies the length assigned to instruction @var{insn} as a
7461function of the context in which it is used. @var{length} is an lvalue
7462that contains the initially computed length of the insn and should be
a8aa4e0b 7463updated with the correct length of the insn.
03dda8e3
RK
7464
7465This macro will normally not be required. A case in which it is
161d7b59 7466required is the ROMP@. On this machine, the size of an @code{addr_vec}
03dda8e3
RK
7467insn must be increased by two to compensate for the fact that alignment
7468may be required.
7469@end table
7470
7471@findex get_attr_length
7472The routine that returns @code{get_attr_length} (the value of the
7473@code{length} attribute) can be used by the output routine to
7474determine the form of the branch instruction to be written, as the
7475example below illustrates.
7476
7477As an example of the specification of variable-length branches, consider
7478the IBM 360. If we adopt the convention that a register will be set to
7479the starting address of a function, we can jump to labels within 4k of
7480the start using a four-byte instruction. Otherwise, we need a six-byte
7481sequence to load the address from memory and then branch to it.
7482
7483On such a machine, a pattern for a branch instruction might be specified
7484as follows:
7485
7486@smallexample
7487(define_insn "jump"
7488 [(set (pc)
7489 (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")))]
7490 ""
03dda8e3
RK
7491@{
7492 return (get_attr_length (insn) == 4
0f40f9f7
ZW
7493 ? "b %l0" : "l r15,=a(%l0); br r15");
7494@}
9c34dbbf
ZW
7495 [(set (attr "length")
7496 (if_then_else (lt (match_dup 0) (const_int 4096))
7497 (const_int 4)
7498 (const_int 6)))])
03dda8e3
RK
7499@end smallexample
7500
a5249a21
HPN
7501@end ifset
7502@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
7503@node Constant Attributes
7504@subsection Constant Attributes
7505@cindex constant attributes
7506
7507A special form of @code{define_attr}, where the expression for the
7508default value is a @code{const} expression, indicates an attribute that
7509is constant for a given run of the compiler. Constant attributes may be
7510used to specify which variety of processor is used. For example,
7511
7512@smallexample
7513(define_attr "cpu" "m88100,m88110,m88000"
7514 (const
7515 (cond [(symbol_ref "TARGET_88100") (const_string "m88100")
7516 (symbol_ref "TARGET_88110") (const_string "m88110")]
7517 (const_string "m88000"))))
7518
7519(define_attr "memory" "fast,slow"
7520 (const
7521 (if_then_else (symbol_ref "TARGET_FAST_MEM")
7522 (const_string "fast")
7523 (const_string "slow"))))
7524@end smallexample
7525
7526The routine generated for constant attributes has no parameters as it
7527does not depend on any particular insn. RTL expressions used to define
7528the value of a constant attribute may use the @code{symbol_ref} form,
7529but may not use either the @code{match_operand} form or @code{eq_attr}
7530forms involving insn attributes.
7531
a5249a21
HPN
7532@end ifset
7533@ifset INTERNALS
03dda8e3
RK
7534@node Delay Slots
7535@subsection Delay Slot Scheduling
7536@cindex delay slots, defining
7537
7538The insn attribute mechanism can be used to specify the requirements for
7539delay slots, if any, on a target machine. An instruction is said to
7540require a @dfn{delay slot} if some instructions that are physically
7541after the instruction are executed as if they were located before it.
7542Classic examples are branch and call instructions, which often execute
7543the following instruction before the branch or call is performed.
7544
7545On some machines, conditional branch instructions can optionally
7546@dfn{annul} instructions in the delay slot. This means that the
7547instruction will not be executed for certain branch outcomes. Both
7548instructions that annul if the branch is true and instructions that
7549annul if the branch is false are supported.
7550
7551Delay slot scheduling differs from instruction scheduling in that
7552determining whether an instruction needs a delay slot is dependent only
7553on the type of instruction being generated, not on data flow between the
7554instructions. See the next section for a discussion of data-dependent
7555instruction scheduling.
7556
7557@findex define_delay
7558The requirement of an insn needing one or more delay slots is indicated
7559via the @code{define_delay} expression. It has the following form:
7560
7561@smallexample
7562(define_delay @var{test}
7563 [@var{delay-1} @var{annul-true-1} @var{annul-false-1}
7564 @var{delay-2} @var{annul-true-2} @var{annul-false-2}
7565 @dots{}])
7566@end smallexample
7567
7568@var{test} is an attribute test that indicates whether this
7569@code{define_delay} applies to a particular insn. If so, the number of
7570required delay slots is determined by the length of the vector specified
7571as the second argument. An insn placed in delay slot @var{n} must
7572satisfy attribute test @var{delay-n}. @var{annul-true-n} is an
7573attribute test that specifies which insns may be annulled if the branch
7574is true. Similarly, @var{annul-false-n} specifies which insns in the
7575delay slot may be annulled if the branch is false. If annulling is not
bd819a4a 7576supported for that delay slot, @code{(nil)} should be coded.
03dda8e3
RK
7577
7578For example, in the common case where branch and call insns require
7579a single delay slot, which may contain any insn other than a branch or
7580call, the following would be placed in the @file{md} file:
7581
7582@smallexample
7583(define_delay (eq_attr "type" "branch,call")
7584 [(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") (nil) (nil)])
7585@end smallexample
7586
7587Multiple @code{define_delay} expressions may be specified. In this
7588case, each such expression specifies different delay slot requirements
7589and there must be no insn for which tests in two @code{define_delay}
7590expressions are both true.
7591
7592For example, if we have a machine that requires one delay slot for branches
7593but two for calls, no delay slot can contain a branch or call insn,
7594and any valid insn in the delay slot for the branch can be annulled if the
7595branch is true, we might represent this as follows:
7596
7597@smallexample
7598(define_delay (eq_attr "type" "branch")
7599 [(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call")
7600 (eq_attr "type" "!branch,call")
7601 (nil)])
7602
7603(define_delay (eq_attr "type" "call")
7604 [(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") (nil) (nil)
7605 (eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") (nil) (nil)])
7606@end smallexample
7607@c the above is *still* too long. --mew 4feb93
7608
a5249a21
HPN
7609@end ifset
7610@ifset INTERNALS
fae15c93
VM
7611@node Processor pipeline description
7612@subsection Specifying processor pipeline description
7613@cindex processor pipeline description
7614@cindex processor functional units
7615@cindex instruction latency time
7616@cindex interlock delays
7617@cindex data dependence delays
7618@cindex reservation delays
7619@cindex pipeline hazard recognizer
7620@cindex automaton based pipeline description
7621@cindex regular expressions
7622@cindex deterministic finite state automaton
7623@cindex automaton based scheduler
7624@cindex RISC
7625@cindex VLIW
7626
ef261fee 7627To achieve better performance, most modern processors
fae15c93
VM
7628(super-pipelined, superscalar @acronym{RISC}, and @acronym{VLIW}
7629processors) have many @dfn{functional units} on which several
7630instructions can be executed simultaneously. An instruction starts
7631execution if its issue conditions are satisfied. If not, the
ef261fee 7632instruction is stalled until its conditions are satisfied. Such
fae15c93 7633@dfn{interlock (pipeline) delay} causes interruption of the fetching
431ae0bf 7634of successor instructions (or demands nop instructions, e.g.@: for some
fae15c93
VM
7635MIPS processors).
7636
7637There are two major kinds of interlock delays in modern processors.
7638The first one is a data dependence delay determining @dfn{instruction
7639latency time}. The instruction execution is not started until all
7640source data have been evaluated by prior instructions (there are more
7641complex cases when the instruction execution starts even when the data
c0478a66 7642are not available but will be ready in given time after the
fae15c93
VM
7643instruction execution start). Taking the data dependence delays into
7644account is simple. The data dependence (true, output, and
7645anti-dependence) delay between two instructions is given by a
7646constant. In most cases this approach is adequate. The second kind
7647of interlock delays is a reservation delay. The reservation delay
7648means that two instructions under execution will be in need of shared
431ae0bf 7649processors resources, i.e.@: buses, internal registers, and/or
fae15c93
VM
7650functional units, which are reserved for some time. Taking this kind
7651of delay into account is complex especially for modern @acronym{RISC}
7652processors.
7653
7654The task of exploiting more processor parallelism is solved by an
ef261fee 7655instruction scheduler. For a better solution to this problem, the
fae15c93 7656instruction scheduler has to have an adequate description of the
fa0aee89
PB
7657processor parallelism (or @dfn{pipeline description}). GCC
7658machine descriptions describe processor parallelism and functional
7659unit reservations for groups of instructions with the aid of
7660@dfn{regular expressions}.
ef261fee
R
7661
7662The GCC instruction scheduler uses a @dfn{pipeline hazard recognizer} to
fae15c93 7663figure out the possibility of the instruction issue by the processor
ef261fee
R
7664on a given simulated processor cycle. The pipeline hazard recognizer is
7665automatically generated from the processor pipeline description. The
fa0aee89
PB
7666pipeline hazard recognizer generated from the machine description
7667is based on a deterministic finite state automaton (@acronym{DFA}):
7668the instruction issue is possible if there is a transition from one
7669automaton state to another one. This algorithm is very fast, and
7670furthermore, its speed is not dependent on processor
7671complexity@footnote{However, the size of the automaton depends on
6ccde948
RW
7672processor complexity. To limit this effect, machine descriptions
7673can split orthogonal parts of the machine description among several
7674automata: but then, since each of these must be stepped independently,
7675this does cause a small decrease in the algorithm's performance.}.
fae15c93 7676
fae15c93 7677@cindex automaton based pipeline description
fa0aee89
PB
7678The rest of this section describes the directives that constitute
7679an automaton-based processor pipeline description. The order of
7680these constructions within the machine description file is not
7681important.
fae15c93
VM
7682
7683@findex define_automaton
7684@cindex pipeline hazard recognizer
7685The following optional construction describes names of automata
7686generated and used for the pipeline hazards recognition. Sometimes
7687the generated finite state automaton used by the pipeline hazard
ef261fee 7688recognizer is large. If we use more than one automaton and bind functional
daf2f129 7689units to the automata, the total size of the automata is usually
fae15c93
VM
7690less than the size of the single automaton. If there is no one such
7691construction, only one finite state automaton is generated.
7692
7693@smallexample
7694(define_automaton @var{automata-names})
7695@end smallexample
7696
7697@var{automata-names} is a string giving names of the automata. The
7698names are separated by commas. All the automata should have unique names.
c62347f0 7699The automaton name is used in the constructions @code{define_cpu_unit} and
fae15c93
VM
7700@code{define_query_cpu_unit}.
7701
7702@findex define_cpu_unit
7703@cindex processor functional units
c62347f0 7704Each processor functional unit used in the description of instruction
fae15c93
VM
7705reservations should be described by the following construction.
7706
7707@smallexample
7708(define_cpu_unit @var{unit-names} [@var{automaton-name}])
7709@end smallexample
7710
7711@var{unit-names} is a string giving the names of the functional units
7712separated by commas. Don't use name @samp{nothing}, it is reserved
7713for other goals.
7714
ef261fee 7715@var{automaton-name} is a string giving the name of the automaton with
fae15c93
VM
7716which the unit is bound. The automaton should be described in
7717construction @code{define_automaton}. You should give
7718@dfn{automaton-name}, if there is a defined automaton.
7719
30028c85
VM
7720The assignment of units to automata are constrained by the uses of the
7721units in insn reservations. The most important constraint is: if a
7722unit reservation is present on a particular cycle of an alternative
7723for an insn reservation, then some unit from the same automaton must
7724be present on the same cycle for the other alternatives of the insn
7725reservation. The rest of the constraints are mentioned in the
7726description of the subsequent constructions.
7727
fae15c93
VM
7728@findex define_query_cpu_unit
7729@cindex querying function unit reservations
7730The following construction describes CPU functional units analogously
30028c85
VM
7731to @code{define_cpu_unit}. The reservation of such units can be
7732queried for an automaton state. The instruction scheduler never
7733queries reservation of functional units for given automaton state. So
7734as a rule, you don't need this construction. This construction could
431ae0bf 7735be used for future code generation goals (e.g.@: to generate
30028c85 7736@acronym{VLIW} insn templates).
fae15c93
VM
7737
7738@smallexample
7739(define_query_cpu_unit @var{unit-names} [@var{automaton-name}])
7740@end smallexample
7741
7742@var{unit-names} is a string giving names of the functional units
7743separated by commas.
7744
ef261fee 7745@var{automaton-name} is a string giving the name of the automaton with
fae15c93
VM
7746which the unit is bound.
7747
7748@findex define_insn_reservation
7749@cindex instruction latency time
7750@cindex regular expressions
7751@cindex data bypass
ef261fee 7752The following construction is the major one to describe pipeline
fae15c93
VM
7753characteristics of an instruction.
7754
7755@smallexample
7756(define_insn_reservation @var{insn-name} @var{default_latency}
7757 @var{condition} @var{regexp})
7758@end smallexample
7759
7760@var{default_latency} is a number giving latency time of the
7761instruction. There is an important difference between the old
7762description and the automaton based pipeline description. The latency
7763time is used for all dependencies when we use the old description. In
ef261fee
R
7764the automaton based pipeline description, the given latency time is only
7765used for true dependencies. The cost of anti-dependencies is always
fae15c93
VM
7766zero and the cost of output dependencies is the difference between
7767latency times of the producing and consuming insns (if the difference
ef261fee
R
7768is negative, the cost is considered to be zero). You can always
7769change the default costs for any description by using the target hook
fae15c93
VM
7770@code{TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST} (@pxref{Scheduling}).
7771
cc6a602b 7772@var{insn-name} is a string giving the internal name of the insn. The
fae15c93
VM
7773internal names are used in constructions @code{define_bypass} and in
7774the automaton description file generated for debugging. The internal
ef261fee 7775name has nothing in common with the names in @code{define_insn}. It is a
fae15c93
VM
7776good practice to use insn classes described in the processor manual.
7777
7778@var{condition} defines what RTL insns are described by this
7779construction. You should remember that you will be in trouble if
7780@var{condition} for two or more different
7781@code{define_insn_reservation} constructions is TRUE for an insn. In
7782this case what reservation will be used for the insn is not defined.
7783Such cases are not checked during generation of the pipeline hazards
7784recognizer because in general recognizing that two conditions may have
7785the same value is quite difficult (especially if the conditions
7786contain @code{symbol_ref}). It is also not checked during the
7787pipeline hazard recognizer work because it would slow down the
7788recognizer considerably.
7789
ef261fee 7790@var{regexp} is a string describing the reservation of the cpu's functional
fae15c93
VM
7791units by the instruction. The reservations are described by a regular
7792expression according to the following syntax:
7793
7794@smallexample
7795 regexp = regexp "," oneof
7796 | oneof
7797
7798 oneof = oneof "|" allof
7799 | allof
7800
7801 allof = allof "+" repeat
7802 | repeat
daf2f129 7803
fae15c93
VM
7804 repeat = element "*" number
7805 | element
7806
7807 element = cpu_function_unit_name
7808 | reservation_name
7809 | result_name
7810 | "nothing"
7811 | "(" regexp ")"
7812@end smallexample
7813
7814@itemize @bullet
7815@item
7816@samp{,} is used for describing the start of the next cycle in
7817the reservation.
7818
7819@item
7820@samp{|} is used for describing a reservation described by the first
7821regular expression @strong{or} a reservation described by the second
7822regular expression @strong{or} etc.
7823
7824@item
7825@samp{+} is used for describing a reservation described by the first
7826regular expression @strong{and} a reservation described by the
7827second regular expression @strong{and} etc.
7828
7829@item
7830@samp{*} is used for convenience and simply means a sequence in which
7831the regular expression are repeated @var{number} times with cycle
7832advancing (see @samp{,}).
7833
7834@item
7835@samp{cpu_function_unit_name} denotes reservation of the named
7836functional unit.
7837
7838@item
7839@samp{reservation_name} --- see description of construction
7840@samp{define_reservation}.
7841
7842@item
7843@samp{nothing} denotes no unit reservations.
7844@end itemize
7845
7846@findex define_reservation
7847Sometimes unit reservations for different insns contain common parts.
7848In such case, you can simplify the pipeline description by describing
7849the common part by the following construction
7850
7851@smallexample
7852(define_reservation @var{reservation-name} @var{regexp})
7853@end smallexample
7854
7855@var{reservation-name} is a string giving name of @var{regexp}.
7856Functional unit names and reservation names are in the same name
7857space. So the reservation names should be different from the
cc6a602b 7858functional unit names and can not be the reserved name @samp{nothing}.
fae15c93
VM
7859
7860@findex define_bypass
7861@cindex instruction latency time
7862@cindex data bypass
7863The following construction is used to describe exceptions in the
7864latency time for given instruction pair. This is so called bypasses.
7865
7866@smallexample
7867(define_bypass @var{number} @var{out_insn_names} @var{in_insn_names}
7868 [@var{guard}])
7869@end smallexample
7870
7871@var{number} defines when the result generated by the instructions
7872given in string @var{out_insn_names} will be ready for the
f9bf5a8e
RS
7873instructions given in string @var{in_insn_names}. Each of these
7874strings is a comma-separated list of filename-style globs and
7875they refer to the names of @code{define_insn_reservation}s.
7876For example:
7877@smallexample
7878(define_bypass 1 "cpu1_load_*, cpu1_store_*" "cpu1_load_*")
7879@end smallexample
7880defines a bypass between instructions that start with
7881@samp{cpu1_load_} or @samp{cpu1_store_} and those that start with
7882@samp{cpu1_load_}.
fae15c93 7883
ef261fee 7884@var{guard} is an optional string giving the name of a C function which
fae15c93
VM
7885defines an additional guard for the bypass. The function will get the
7886two insns as parameters. If the function returns zero the bypass will
7887be ignored for this case. The additional guard is necessary to
431ae0bf 7888recognize complicated bypasses, e.g.@: when the consumer is only an address
fae15c93
VM
7889of insn @samp{store} (not a stored value).
7890
20a07f44
VM
7891If there are more one bypass with the same output and input insns, the
7892chosen bypass is the first bypass with a guard in description whose
7893guard function returns nonzero. If there is no such bypass, then
7894bypass without the guard function is chosen.
7895
fae15c93
VM
7896@findex exclusion_set
7897@findex presence_set
30028c85 7898@findex final_presence_set
fae15c93 7899@findex absence_set
30028c85 7900@findex final_absence_set
fae15c93
VM
7901@cindex VLIW
7902@cindex RISC
cc6a602b
BE
7903The following five constructions are usually used to describe
7904@acronym{VLIW} processors, or more precisely, to describe a placement
7905of small instructions into @acronym{VLIW} instruction slots. They
7906can be used for @acronym{RISC} processors, too.
fae15c93
VM
7907
7908@smallexample
7909(exclusion_set @var{unit-names} @var{unit-names})
30028c85
VM
7910(presence_set @var{unit-names} @var{patterns})
7911(final_presence_set @var{unit-names} @var{patterns})
7912(absence_set @var{unit-names} @var{patterns})
7913(final_absence_set @var{unit-names} @var{patterns})
fae15c93
VM
7914@end smallexample
7915
7916@var{unit-names} is a string giving names of functional units
7917separated by commas.
7918
30028c85 7919@var{patterns} is a string giving patterns of functional units
0bdcd332 7920separated by comma. Currently pattern is one unit or units
30028c85
VM
7921separated by white-spaces.
7922
fae15c93
VM
7923The first construction (@samp{exclusion_set}) means that each
7924functional unit in the first string can not be reserved simultaneously
7925with a unit whose name is in the second string and vice versa. For
7926example, the construction is useful for describing processors
431ae0bf 7927(e.g.@: some SPARC processors) with a fully pipelined floating point
fae15c93
VM
7928functional unit which can execute simultaneously only single floating
7929point insns or only double floating point insns.
7930
7931The second construction (@samp{presence_set}) means that each
7932functional unit in the first string can not be reserved unless at
30028c85
VM
7933least one of pattern of units whose names are in the second string is
7934reserved. This is an asymmetric relation. For example, it is useful
7935for description that @acronym{VLIW} @samp{slot1} is reserved after
7936@samp{slot0} reservation. We could describe it by the following
7937construction
7938
7939@smallexample
7940(presence_set "slot1" "slot0")
7941@end smallexample
7942
7943Or @samp{slot1} is reserved only after @samp{slot0} and unit @samp{b0}
7944reservation. In this case we could write
7945
7946@smallexample
7947(presence_set "slot1" "slot0 b0")
7948@end smallexample
7949
7950The third construction (@samp{final_presence_set}) is analogous to
7951@samp{presence_set}. The difference between them is when checking is
7952done. When an instruction is issued in given automaton state
7953reflecting all current and planned unit reservations, the automaton
7954state is changed. The first state is a source state, the second one
7955is a result state. Checking for @samp{presence_set} is done on the
7956source state reservation, checking for @samp{final_presence_set} is
7957done on the result reservation. This construction is useful to
7958describe a reservation which is actually two subsequent reservations.
7959For example, if we use
7960
7961@smallexample
7962(presence_set "slot1" "slot0")
7963@end smallexample
7964
7965the following insn will be never issued (because @samp{slot1} requires
7966@samp{slot0} which is absent in the source state).
7967
7968@smallexample
7969(define_reservation "insn_and_nop" "slot0 + slot1")
7970@end smallexample
7971
7972but it can be issued if we use analogous @samp{final_presence_set}.
7973
7974The forth construction (@samp{absence_set}) means that each functional
7975unit in the first string can be reserved only if each pattern of units
7976whose names are in the second string is not reserved. This is an
7977asymmetric relation (actually @samp{exclusion_set} is analogous to
ff2ce160 7978this one but it is symmetric). For example it might be useful in a
a71b1c58
NC
7979@acronym{VLIW} description to say that @samp{slot0} cannot be reserved
7980after either @samp{slot1} or @samp{slot2} have been reserved. This
7981can be described as:
30028c85
VM
7982
7983@smallexample
a71b1c58 7984(absence_set "slot0" "slot1, slot2")
30028c85
VM
7985@end smallexample
7986
7987Or @samp{slot2} can not be reserved if @samp{slot0} and unit @samp{b0}
7988are reserved or @samp{slot1} and unit @samp{b1} are reserved. In
7989this case we could write
7990
7991@smallexample
7992(absence_set "slot2" "slot0 b0, slot1 b1")
7993@end smallexample
fae15c93 7994
ef261fee 7995All functional units mentioned in a set should belong to the same
fae15c93
VM
7996automaton.
7997
30028c85
VM
7998The last construction (@samp{final_absence_set}) is analogous to
7999@samp{absence_set} but checking is done on the result (state)
8000reservation. See comments for @samp{final_presence_set}.
8001
fae15c93
VM
8002@findex automata_option
8003@cindex deterministic finite state automaton
8004@cindex nondeterministic finite state automaton
8005@cindex finite state automaton minimization
8006You can control the generator of the pipeline hazard recognizer with
8007the following construction.
8008
8009@smallexample
8010(automata_option @var{options})
8011@end smallexample
8012
8013@var{options} is a string giving options which affect the generated
8014code. Currently there are the following options:
8015
8016@itemize @bullet
8017@item
8018@dfn{no-minimization} makes no minimization of the automaton. This is
30028c85
VM
8019only worth to do when we are debugging the description and need to
8020look more accurately at reservations of states.
fae15c93
VM
8021
8022@item
df1133a6
BE
8023@dfn{time} means printing time statistics about the generation of
8024automata.
8025
8026@item
8027@dfn{stats} means printing statistics about the generated automata
8028such as the number of DFA states, NDFA states and arcs.
e3c8eb86
VM
8029
8030@item
8031@dfn{v} means a generation of the file describing the result automata.
8032The file has suffix @samp{.dfa} and can be used for the description
8033verification and debugging.
8034
8035@item
8036@dfn{w} means a generation of warning instead of error for
8037non-critical errors.
fae15c93 8038
e12da141
BS
8039@item
8040@dfn{no-comb-vect} prevents the automaton generator from generating
8041two data structures and comparing them for space efficiency. Using
8042a comb vector to represent transitions may be better, but it can be
8043very expensive to construct. This option is useful if the build
8044process spends an unacceptably long time in genautomata.
8045
fae15c93
VM
8046@item
8047@dfn{ndfa} makes nondeterministic finite state automata. This affects
8048the treatment of operator @samp{|} in the regular expressions. The
8049usual treatment of the operator is to try the first alternative and,
8050if the reservation is not possible, the second alternative. The
8051nondeterministic treatment means trying all alternatives, some of them
96ddf8ef 8052may be rejected by reservations in the subsequent insns.
dfa849f3 8053
1e6a9047
BS
8054@item
8055@dfn{collapse-ndfa} modifies the behaviour of the generator when
8056producing an automaton. An additional state transition to collapse a
8057nondeterministic @acronym{NDFA} state to a deterministic @acronym{DFA}
8058state is generated. It can be triggered by passing @code{const0_rtx} to
8059state_transition. In such an automaton, cycle advance transitions are
8060available only for these collapsed states. This option is useful for
8061ports that want to use the @code{ndfa} option, but also want to use
8062@code{define_query_cpu_unit} to assign units to insns issued in a cycle.
8063
dfa849f3
VM
8064@item
8065@dfn{progress} means output of a progress bar showing how many states
8066were generated so far for automaton being processed. This is useful
8067during debugging a @acronym{DFA} description. If you see too many
8068generated states, you could interrupt the generator of the pipeline
8069hazard recognizer and try to figure out a reason for generation of the
8070huge automaton.
fae15c93
VM
8071@end itemize
8072
8073As an example, consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} machine which can
8074issue three insns (two integer insns and one floating point insn) on
8075the cycle but can finish only two insns. To describe this, we define
8076the following functional units.
8077
8078@smallexample
8079(define_cpu_unit "i0_pipeline, i1_pipeline, f_pipeline")
ef261fee 8080(define_cpu_unit "port0, port1")
fae15c93
VM
8081@end smallexample
8082
8083All simple integer insns can be executed in any integer pipeline and
8084their result is ready in two cycles. The simple integer insns are
8085issued into the first pipeline unless it is reserved, otherwise they
8086are issued into the second pipeline. Integer division and
8087multiplication insns can be executed only in the second integer
8088pipeline and their results are ready correspondingly in 8 and 4
431ae0bf 8089cycles. The integer division is not pipelined, i.e.@: the subsequent
fae15c93
VM
8090integer division insn can not be issued until the current division
8091insn finished. Floating point insns are fully pipelined and their
ef261fee
R
8092results are ready in 3 cycles. Where the result of a floating point
8093insn is used by an integer insn, an additional delay of one cycle is
8094incurred. To describe all of this we could specify
fae15c93
VM
8095
8096@smallexample
8097(define_cpu_unit "div")
8098
68e4d4c5 8099(define_insn_reservation "simple" 2 (eq_attr "type" "int")
ef261fee 8100 "(i0_pipeline | i1_pipeline), (port0 | port1)")
fae15c93 8101
68e4d4c5 8102(define_insn_reservation "mult" 4 (eq_attr "type" "mult")
ef261fee 8103 "i1_pipeline, nothing*2, (port0 | port1)")
fae15c93 8104
68e4d4c5 8105(define_insn_reservation "div" 8 (eq_attr "type" "div")
ef261fee 8106 "i1_pipeline, div*7, div + (port0 | port1)")
fae15c93 8107
68e4d4c5 8108(define_insn_reservation "float" 3 (eq_attr "type" "float")
ef261fee 8109 "f_pipeline, nothing, (port0 | port1))
fae15c93 8110
ef261fee 8111(define_bypass 4 "float" "simple,mult,div")
fae15c93
VM
8112@end smallexample
8113
8114To simplify the description we could describe the following reservation
8115
8116@smallexample
8117(define_reservation "finish" "port0|port1")
8118@end smallexample
8119
8120and use it in all @code{define_insn_reservation} as in the following
8121construction
8122
8123@smallexample
68e4d4c5 8124(define_insn_reservation "simple" 2 (eq_attr "type" "int")
fae15c93
VM
8125 "(i0_pipeline | i1_pipeline), finish")
8126@end smallexample
8127
8128
a5249a21
HPN
8129@end ifset
8130@ifset INTERNALS
3262c1f5
RH
8131@node Conditional Execution
8132@section Conditional Execution
8133@cindex conditional execution
8134@cindex predication
8135
8136A number of architectures provide for some form of conditional
8137execution, or predication. The hallmark of this feature is the
8138ability to nullify most of the instructions in the instruction set.
8139When the instruction set is large and not entirely symmetric, it
8140can be quite tedious to describe these forms directly in the
8141@file{.md} file. An alternative is the @code{define_cond_exec} template.
8142
8143@findex define_cond_exec
8144@smallexample
8145(define_cond_exec
8146 [@var{predicate-pattern}]
8147 "@var{condition}"
630d3d5a 8148 "@var{output-template}")
3262c1f5
RH
8149@end smallexample
8150
8151@var{predicate-pattern} is the condition that must be true for the
8152insn to be executed at runtime and should match a relational operator.
8153One can use @code{match_operator} to match several relational operators
8154at once. Any @code{match_operand} operands must have no more than one
8155alternative.
8156
8157@var{condition} is a C expression that must be true for the generated
8158pattern to match.
8159
8160@findex current_insn_predicate
630d3d5a 8161@var{output-template} is a string similar to the @code{define_insn}
3262c1f5
RH
8162output template (@pxref{Output Template}), except that the @samp{*}
8163and @samp{@@} special cases do not apply. This is only useful if the
8164assembly text for the predicate is a simple prefix to the main insn.
8165In order to handle the general case, there is a global variable
8166@code{current_insn_predicate} that will contain the entire predicate
8167if the current insn is predicated, and will otherwise be @code{NULL}.
8168
ebb48a4d
JM
8169When @code{define_cond_exec} is used, an implicit reference to
8170the @code{predicable} instruction attribute is made.
0bddee8e
BS
8171@xref{Insn Attributes}. This attribute must be a boolean (i.e.@: have
8172exactly two elements in its @var{list-of-values}), with the possible
8173values being @code{no} and @code{yes}. The default and all uses in
8174the insns must be a simple constant, not a complex expressions. It
8175may, however, depend on the alternative, by using a comma-separated
8176list of values. If that is the case, the port should also define an
8177@code{enabled} attribute (@pxref{Disable Insn Alternatives}), which
8178should also allow only @code{no} and @code{yes} as its values.
3262c1f5 8179
ebb48a4d 8180For each @code{define_insn} for which the @code{predicable}
3262c1f5
RH
8181attribute is true, a new @code{define_insn} pattern will be
8182generated that matches a predicated version of the instruction.
8183For example,
8184
8185@smallexample
8186(define_insn "addsi"
8187 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")
8188 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
8189 (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
8190 "@var{test1}"
8191 "add %2,%1,%0")
8192
8193(define_cond_exec
8194 [(ne (match_operand:CC 0 "register_operand" "c")
8195 (const_int 0))]
8196 "@var{test2}"
8197 "(%0)")
8198@end smallexample
8199
8200@noindent
8201generates a new pattern
8202
8203@smallexample
8204(define_insn ""
8205 [(cond_exec
8206 (ne (match_operand:CC 3 "register_operand" "c") (const_int 0))
8207 (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")
8208 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
8209 (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r"))))]
8210 "(@var{test2}) && (@var{test1})"
8211 "(%3) add %2,%1,%0")
8212@end smallexample
c25c12b8 8213
a5249a21
HPN
8214@end ifset
8215@ifset INTERNALS
c25c12b8
R
8216@node Constant Definitions
8217@section Constant Definitions
8218@cindex constant definitions
8219@findex define_constants
8220
8221Using literal constants inside instruction patterns reduces legibility and
8222can be a maintenance problem.
8223
8224To overcome this problem, you may use the @code{define_constants}
8225expression. It contains a vector of name-value pairs. From that
8226point on, wherever any of the names appears in the MD file, it is as
8227if the corresponding value had been written instead. You may use
8228@code{define_constants} multiple times; each appearance adds more
8229constants to the table. It is an error to redefine a constant with
8230a different value.
8231
8232To come back to the a29k load multiple example, instead of
8233
8234@smallexample
8235(define_insn ""
8236 [(match_parallel 0 "load_multiple_operation"
8237 [(set (match_operand:SI 1 "gpc_reg_operand" "=r")
8238 (match_operand:SI 2 "memory_operand" "m"))
8239 (use (reg:SI 179))
8240 (clobber (reg:SI 179))])]
8241 ""
8242 "loadm 0,0,%1,%2")
8243@end smallexample
8244
8245You could write:
8246
8247@smallexample
8248(define_constants [
8249 (R_BP 177)
8250 (R_FC 178)
8251 (R_CR 179)
8252 (R_Q 180)
8253])
8254
8255(define_insn ""
8256 [(match_parallel 0 "load_multiple_operation"
8257 [(set (match_operand:SI 1 "gpc_reg_operand" "=r")
8258 (match_operand:SI 2 "memory_operand" "m"))
8259 (use (reg:SI R_CR))
8260 (clobber (reg:SI R_CR))])]
8261 ""
8262 "loadm 0,0,%1,%2")
8263@end smallexample
8264
8265The constants that are defined with a define_constant are also output
8266in the insn-codes.h header file as #defines.
24609606
RS
8267
8268@cindex enumerations
8269@findex define_c_enum
8270You can also use the machine description file to define enumerations.
8271Like the constants defined by @code{define_constant}, these enumerations
8272are visible to both the machine description file and the main C code.
8273
8274The syntax is as follows:
8275
8276@smallexample
8277(define_c_enum "@var{name}" [
8278 @var{value0}
8279 @var{value1}
8280 @dots{}
8281 @var{valuen}
8282])
8283@end smallexample
8284
8285This definition causes the equivalent of the following C code to appear
8286in @file{insn-constants.h}:
8287
8288@smallexample
8289enum @var{name} @{
8290 @var{value0} = 0,
8291 @var{value1} = 1,
8292 @dots{}
8293 @var{valuen} = @var{n}
8294@};
8295#define NUM_@var{cname}_VALUES (@var{n} + 1)
8296@end smallexample
8297
8298where @var{cname} is the capitalized form of @var{name}.
8299It also makes each @var{valuei} available in the machine description
8300file, just as if it had been declared with:
8301
8302@smallexample
8303(define_constants [(@var{valuei} @var{i})])
8304@end smallexample
8305
8306Each @var{valuei} is usually an upper-case identifier and usually
8307begins with @var{cname}.
8308
8309You can split the enumeration definition into as many statements as
8310you like. The above example is directly equivalent to:
8311
8312@smallexample
8313(define_c_enum "@var{name}" [@var{value0}])
8314(define_c_enum "@var{name}" [@var{value1}])
8315@dots{}
8316(define_c_enum "@var{name}" [@var{valuen}])
8317@end smallexample
8318
8319Splitting the enumeration helps to improve the modularity of each
8320individual @code{.md} file. For example, if a port defines its
8321synchronization instructions in a separate @file{sync.md} file,
8322it is convenient to define all synchronization-specific enumeration
8323values in @file{sync.md} rather than in the main @file{.md} file.
8324
0fe60a1b
RS
8325Some enumeration names have special significance to GCC:
8326
8327@table @code
8328@item unspecv
8329@findex unspec_volatile
8330If an enumeration called @code{unspecv} is defined, GCC will use it
8331when printing out @code{unspec_volatile} expressions. For example:
8332
8333@smallexample
8334(define_c_enum "unspecv" [
8335 UNSPECV_BLOCKAGE
8336])
8337@end smallexample
8338
8339causes GCC to print @samp{(unspec_volatile @dots{} 0)} as:
8340
8341@smallexample
8342(unspec_volatile ... UNSPECV_BLOCKAGE)
8343@end smallexample
8344
8345@item unspec
8346@findex unspec
8347If an enumeration called @code{unspec} is defined, GCC will use
8348it when printing out @code{unspec} expressions. GCC will also use
8349it when printing out @code{unspec_volatile} expressions unless an
8350@code{unspecv} enumeration is also defined. You can therefore
8351decide whether to keep separate enumerations for volatile and
8352non-volatile expressions or whether to use the same enumeration
8353for both.
8354@end table
8355
24609606 8356@findex define_enum
8f4fe86c 8357@anchor{define_enum}
24609606
RS
8358Another way of defining an enumeration is to use @code{define_enum}:
8359
8360@smallexample
8361(define_enum "@var{name}" [
8362 @var{value0}
8363 @var{value1}
8364 @dots{}
8365 @var{valuen}
8366])
8367@end smallexample
8368
8369This directive implies:
8370
8371@smallexample
8372(define_c_enum "@var{name}" [
8373 @var{cname}_@var{cvalue0}
8374 @var{cname}_@var{cvalue1}
8375 @dots{}
8376 @var{cname}_@var{cvaluen}
8377])
8378@end smallexample
8379
8f4fe86c 8380@findex define_enum_attr
24609606 8381where @var{cvaluei} is the capitalized form of @var{valuei}.
8f4fe86c
RS
8382However, unlike @code{define_c_enum}, the enumerations defined
8383by @code{define_enum} can be used in attribute specifications
8384(@pxref{define_enum_attr}).
b11cc610 8385@end ifset
032e8348 8386@ifset INTERNALS
3abcb3a7
HPN
8387@node Iterators
8388@section Iterators
8389@cindex iterators in @file{.md} files
032e8348
RS
8390
8391Ports often need to define similar patterns for more than one machine
3abcb3a7 8392mode or for more than one rtx code. GCC provides some simple iterator
032e8348
RS
8393facilities to make this process easier.
8394
8395@menu
3abcb3a7
HPN
8396* Mode Iterators:: Generating variations of patterns for different modes.
8397* Code Iterators:: Doing the same for codes.
032e8348
RS
8398@end menu
8399
3abcb3a7
HPN
8400@node Mode Iterators
8401@subsection Mode Iterators
8402@cindex mode iterators in @file{.md} files
032e8348
RS
8403
8404Ports often need to define similar patterns for two or more different modes.
8405For example:
8406
8407@itemize @bullet
8408@item
8409If a processor has hardware support for both single and double
8410floating-point arithmetic, the @code{SFmode} patterns tend to be
8411very similar to the @code{DFmode} ones.
8412
8413@item
8414If a port uses @code{SImode} pointers in one configuration and
8415@code{DImode} pointers in another, it will usually have very similar
8416@code{SImode} and @code{DImode} patterns for manipulating pointers.
8417@end itemize
8418
3abcb3a7 8419Mode iterators allow several patterns to be instantiated from one
032e8348
RS
8420@file{.md} file template. They can be used with any type of
8421rtx-based construct, such as a @code{define_insn},
8422@code{define_split}, or @code{define_peephole2}.
8423
8424@menu
3abcb3a7 8425* Defining Mode Iterators:: Defining a new mode iterator.
6ccde948
RW
8426* Substitutions:: Combining mode iterators with substitutions
8427* Examples:: Examples
032e8348
RS
8428@end menu
8429
3abcb3a7
HPN
8430@node Defining Mode Iterators
8431@subsubsection Defining Mode Iterators
8432@findex define_mode_iterator
032e8348 8433
3abcb3a7 8434The syntax for defining a mode iterator is:
032e8348
RS
8435
8436@smallexample
923158be 8437(define_mode_iterator @var{name} [(@var{mode1} "@var{cond1}") @dots{} (@var{moden} "@var{condn}")])
032e8348
RS
8438@end smallexample
8439
8440This allows subsequent @file{.md} file constructs to use the mode suffix
8441@code{:@var{name}}. Every construct that does so will be expanded
8442@var{n} times, once with every use of @code{:@var{name}} replaced by
8443@code{:@var{mode1}}, once with every use replaced by @code{:@var{mode2}},
8444and so on. In the expansion for a particular @var{modei}, every
8445C condition will also require that @var{condi} be true.
8446
8447For example:
8448
8449@smallexample
3abcb3a7 8450(define_mode_iterator P [(SI "Pmode == SImode") (DI "Pmode == DImode")])
032e8348
RS
8451@end smallexample
8452
8453defines a new mode suffix @code{:P}. Every construct that uses
8454@code{:P} will be expanded twice, once with every @code{:P} replaced
8455by @code{:SI} and once with every @code{:P} replaced by @code{:DI}.
8456The @code{:SI} version will only apply if @code{Pmode == SImode} and
8457the @code{:DI} version will only apply if @code{Pmode == DImode}.
8458
8459As with other @file{.md} conditions, an empty string is treated
8460as ``always true''. @code{(@var{mode} "")} can also be abbreviated
8461to @code{@var{mode}}. For example:
8462
8463@smallexample
3abcb3a7 8464(define_mode_iterator GPR [SI (DI "TARGET_64BIT")])
032e8348
RS
8465@end smallexample
8466
8467means that the @code{:DI} expansion only applies if @code{TARGET_64BIT}
8468but that the @code{:SI} expansion has no such constraint.
8469
3abcb3a7
HPN
8470Iterators are applied in the order they are defined. This can be
8471significant if two iterators are used in a construct that requires
f30990b2 8472substitutions. @xref{Substitutions}.
032e8348 8473
f30990b2 8474@node Substitutions
3abcb3a7 8475@subsubsection Substitution in Mode Iterators
032e8348
RS
8476@findex define_mode_attr
8477
3abcb3a7 8478If an @file{.md} file construct uses mode iterators, each version of the
f30990b2
ILT
8479construct will often need slightly different strings or modes. For
8480example:
032e8348
RS
8481
8482@itemize @bullet
8483@item
8484When a @code{define_expand} defines several @code{add@var{m}3} patterns
8485(@pxref{Standard Names}), each expander will need to use the
8486appropriate mode name for @var{m}.
8487
8488@item
8489When a @code{define_insn} defines several instruction patterns,
8490each instruction will often use a different assembler mnemonic.
f30990b2
ILT
8491
8492@item
8493When a @code{define_insn} requires operands with different modes,
3abcb3a7 8494using an iterator for one of the operand modes usually requires a specific
f30990b2 8495mode for the other operand(s).
032e8348
RS
8496@end itemize
8497
8498GCC supports such variations through a system of ``mode attributes''.
8499There are two standard attributes: @code{mode}, which is the name of
8500the mode in lower case, and @code{MODE}, which is the same thing in
8501upper case. You can define other attributes using:
8502
8503@smallexample
923158be 8504(define_mode_attr @var{name} [(@var{mode1} "@var{value1}") @dots{} (@var{moden} "@var{valuen}")])
032e8348
RS
8505@end smallexample
8506
8507where @var{name} is the name of the attribute and @var{valuei}
8508is the value associated with @var{modei}.
8509
3abcb3a7 8510When GCC replaces some @var{:iterator} with @var{:mode}, it will scan
f30990b2 8511each string and mode in the pattern for sequences of the form
3abcb3a7 8512@code{<@var{iterator}:@var{attr}>}, where @var{attr} is the name of a
f30990b2 8513mode attribute. If the attribute is defined for @var{mode}, the whole
923158be 8514@code{<@dots{}>} sequence will be replaced by the appropriate attribute
f30990b2 8515value.
032e8348
RS
8516
8517For example, suppose an @file{.md} file has:
8518
8519@smallexample
3abcb3a7 8520(define_mode_iterator P [(SI "Pmode == SImode") (DI "Pmode == DImode")])
032e8348
RS
8521(define_mode_attr load [(SI "lw") (DI "ld")])
8522@end smallexample
8523
8524If one of the patterns that uses @code{:P} contains the string
8525@code{"<P:load>\t%0,%1"}, the @code{SI} version of that pattern
8526will use @code{"lw\t%0,%1"} and the @code{DI} version will use
8527@code{"ld\t%0,%1"}.
8528
f30990b2
ILT
8529Here is an example of using an attribute for a mode:
8530
8531@smallexample
3abcb3a7 8532(define_mode_iterator LONG [SI DI])
f30990b2 8533(define_mode_attr SHORT [(SI "HI") (DI "SI")])
923158be
RW
8534(define_insn @dots{}
8535 (sign_extend:LONG (match_operand:<LONG:SHORT> @dots{})) @dots{})
f30990b2
ILT
8536@end smallexample
8537
3abcb3a7
HPN
8538The @code{@var{iterator}:} prefix may be omitted, in which case the
8539substitution will be attempted for every iterator expansion.
032e8348
RS
8540
8541@node Examples
3abcb3a7 8542@subsubsection Mode Iterator Examples
032e8348
RS
8543
8544Here is an example from the MIPS port. It defines the following
8545modes and attributes (among others):
8546
8547@smallexample
3abcb3a7 8548(define_mode_iterator GPR [SI (DI "TARGET_64BIT")])
032e8348
RS
8549(define_mode_attr d [(SI "") (DI "d")])
8550@end smallexample
8551
8552and uses the following template to define both @code{subsi3}
8553and @code{subdi3}:
8554
8555@smallexample
8556(define_insn "sub<mode>3"
8557 [(set (match_operand:GPR 0 "register_operand" "=d")
8558 (minus:GPR (match_operand:GPR 1 "register_operand" "d")
8559 (match_operand:GPR 2 "register_operand" "d")))]
8560 ""
8561 "<d>subu\t%0,%1,%2"
8562 [(set_attr "type" "arith")
8563 (set_attr "mode" "<MODE>")])
8564@end smallexample
8565
8566This is exactly equivalent to:
8567
8568@smallexample
8569(define_insn "subsi3"
8570 [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=d")
8571 (minus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "d")
8572 (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "d")))]
8573 ""
8574 "subu\t%0,%1,%2"
8575 [(set_attr "type" "arith")
8576 (set_attr "mode" "SI")])
8577
8578(define_insn "subdi3"
8579 [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=d")
8580 (minus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "d")
8581 (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "d")))]
8582 ""
8583 "dsubu\t%0,%1,%2"
8584 [(set_attr "type" "arith")
8585 (set_attr "mode" "DI")])
8586@end smallexample
8587
3abcb3a7
HPN
8588@node Code Iterators
8589@subsection Code Iterators
8590@cindex code iterators in @file{.md} files
8591@findex define_code_iterator
032e8348
RS
8592@findex define_code_attr
8593
3abcb3a7 8594Code iterators operate in a similar way to mode iterators. @xref{Mode Iterators}.
032e8348
RS
8595
8596The construct:
8597
8598@smallexample
923158be 8599(define_code_iterator @var{name} [(@var{code1} "@var{cond1}") @dots{} (@var{coden} "@var{condn}")])
032e8348
RS
8600@end smallexample
8601
8602defines a pseudo rtx code @var{name} that can be instantiated as
8603@var{codei} if condition @var{condi} is true. Each @var{codei}
8604must have the same rtx format. @xref{RTL Classes}.
8605
3abcb3a7 8606As with mode iterators, each pattern that uses @var{name} will be
032e8348
RS
8607expanded @var{n} times, once with all uses of @var{name} replaced by
8608@var{code1}, once with all uses replaced by @var{code2}, and so on.
3abcb3a7 8609@xref{Defining Mode Iterators}.
032e8348
RS
8610
8611It is possible to define attributes for codes as well as for modes.
8612There are two standard code attributes: @code{code}, the name of the
8613code in lower case, and @code{CODE}, the name of the code in upper case.
8614Other attributes are defined using:
8615
8616@smallexample
923158be 8617(define_code_attr @var{name} [(@var{code1} "@var{value1}") @dots{} (@var{coden} "@var{valuen}")])
032e8348
RS
8618@end smallexample
8619
3abcb3a7 8620Here's an example of code iterators in action, taken from the MIPS port:
032e8348
RS
8621
8622@smallexample
3abcb3a7
HPN
8623(define_code_iterator any_cond [unordered ordered unlt unge uneq ltgt unle ungt
8624 eq ne gt ge lt le gtu geu ltu leu])
032e8348
RS
8625
8626(define_expand "b<code>"
8627 [(set (pc)
8628 (if_then_else (any_cond:CC (cc0)
8629 (const_int 0))
8630 (label_ref (match_operand 0 ""))
8631 (pc)))]
8632 ""
8633@{
8634 gen_conditional_branch (operands, <CODE>);
8635 DONE;
8636@})
8637@end smallexample
8638
8639This is equivalent to:
8640
8641@smallexample
8642(define_expand "bunordered"
8643 [(set (pc)
8644 (if_then_else (unordered:CC (cc0)
8645 (const_int 0))
8646 (label_ref (match_operand 0 ""))
8647 (pc)))]
8648 ""
8649@{
8650 gen_conditional_branch (operands, UNORDERED);
8651 DONE;
8652@})
8653
8654(define_expand "bordered"
8655 [(set (pc)
8656 (if_then_else (ordered:CC (cc0)
8657 (const_int 0))
8658 (label_ref (match_operand 0 ""))
8659 (pc)))]
8660 ""
8661@{
8662 gen_conditional_branch (operands, ORDERED);
8663 DONE;
8664@})
8665
923158be 8666@dots{}
032e8348
RS
8667@end smallexample
8668
8669@end ifset